Integrated Land Administration System (ILAS) in Punjab

Annexures

Selection of Implementation Agency for

Integrated Land Administration System (ILAS) inPunjabPunjab Land Records Society, Department of Revenue

Selection of IA for Integrated Land Administration System (I-LAS) in Punjab

Page 1 of 268

Contents1. Annexure I: Technical Requirement Specifications – Hardware..................................... 7

1.1. Data Centre – Infrastructure Specification ............................................................. 7

1.1.1. Database Server ............................................................................................ 71.1.2. Blade Server .................................................................................................. 81.1.3. Archive Server 24TB Raid 5 SATA /SAS storage ........................................... 91.1.4. Blade Chassis .............................................................................................. 101.1.5. SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable) + Uplink Fibre Cable from Bladeenclosure to Switch ..................................................................................................... 121.1.6. SAN Storage ................................................................................................ 131.1.7. SAN Switch with 2 FC-IP port ...................................................................... 141.1.8. Tape Library [With 100 cartridges & 10 cleaning cartridges] ........................ 151.1.9. Core Switch ................................................................................................. 161.1.10. Server Access Switch .................................................................................. 171.1.11. State full inspection firewall .......................................................................... 181.1.12. Application Load Balancer ........................................................................... 201.1.13. Global Load balancer (ISP Load Balancer) .................................................. 241.1.14. Management Console (3*2 Panel at least) ................................................... 261.1.15. IP KVM & Console ....................................................................................... 271.1.16. 42 U Racks .................................................................................................. 281.1.17. Miscellaneous .............................................................................................. 311.1.18. Patch Panel 24 ports CAT6 .......................................................................... 321.1.19. WAN optimizer & Branch Optimizer ............................................................. 331.1.20. Backup ......................................................................................................... 35

1.2. Disaster Recovery Centre .................................................................................... 38

1.2.1. Database Servers ........................................................................................ 381.2.2. Blade Servers (Including 2 dedicated GIS server) ........................................ 381.2.3. SAN Storage ................................................................................................ 381.2.4. SAN Switch with 2 FC-IP port ...................................................................... 381.2.5. Core Switch ................................................................................................. 381.2.6. Server Access Switch .................................................................................. 381.2.7. State full inspection firewall .......................................................................... 381.2.8. Application Load Balancer ........................................................................... 381.2.9. IP KVM & Console ....................................................................................... 381.2.10. 42 U Racks .................................................................................................. 381.2.11. Miscellaneous .............................................................................................. 38


Page 2 of 268

1.2.12. SFP /SFP+ Uplink Fibre Cable ..................................................................... 381.2.13. Router .......................................................................................................... 391.2.14. Internet Router ............................................................................................. 401.2.15. WAN optimizer ............................................................................................. 41

1.3. Near Line Data Centre ......................................................................................... 42

1.3.1. Other Servers (Rack) - File Server / database server etc. as per Replicationproposal 421.3.2. SAN Storage ................................................................................................ 421.3.3. SAN Switch with 2 FC-IP port ...................................................................... 421.3.4. Router .......................................................................................................... 431.3.5. Normal Switch .............................................................................................. 43

1.4. Category A – Infrastructure .................................................................................. 44

1.4.1. Local Server Entry Level .............................................................................. 441.4.2. Laser Printer ................................................................................................ 461.4.3. Thin Client.................................................................................................... 471.4.4. Digital Camera + QR code reader ................................................................ 491.4.5. Scanner/ Photocopy/ Fax/ Multi-Functional Laser Jet Printer ....................... 511.4.6. Finger print scanner (Biometric Device to login the system) ......................... 511.4.7. Biometric device for Citizens ........................................................................ 531.4.8. Token Display System ................................................................................. 541.4.9. Field Switch (24 Port) ................................................................................... 551.4.10. Patch Cords (2 Mtr) ...................................................................................... 551.4.11. Generator (40KVA) ...................................................................................... 561.4.12. UPS (20 KVA) .............................................................................................. 571.4.13. Furniture ...................................................................................................... 581.4.14. Public health ................................................................................................ 581.4.15. Electrical Work ............................................................................................. 581.4.16. Field Router ................................................................................................. 591.4.17. WAN optimizer ............................................................................................. 59

1.5. Category B – Sub Registrar Offices ..................................................................... 60

1.5.1. Local Server Entry Level .............................................................................. 601.5.2. Thin Client.................................................................................................... 601.5.3. Multifunctional Printer .................................................................................. 601.5.4. Digital Camera + QR code reader ................................................................ 601.5.5. Finger print scanner ..................................................................................... 601.5.6. Biometric device for Citizens ........................................................................ 601.5.7. Token Display System ................................................................................. 601.5.8. Switch (16 Port) ........................................................................................... 60


Page 3 of 268

1.5.9. Patch Cords (2 Mtr) ...................................................................................... 611.5.10. UPS (5KVA) ................................................................................................. 621.5.11. Generator (20KVA) ...................................................................................... 641.5.12. Laser printer ................................................................................................. 641.5.13. Furniture ...................................................................................................... 641.5.14. Public health ................................................................................................ 641.5.15. Electrical Work ............................................................................................. 641.5.16. Router .......................................................................................................... 641.5.17. WAN optimizer ............................................................................................. 64

1.6. Category C – Sub Registrar Offices ..................................................................... 65

1.6.1. Desktop ....................................................................................................... 651.6.2. Thin Client.................................................................................................... 671.6.3. Digital Camera + QR code reader ................................................................ 671.6.4. Finger print scanner ..................................................................................... 671.6.5. Biometric device for Citizens ........................................................................ 671.6.6. Multi-Function Printer ................................................................................... 671.6.7. Switch (8 Port) ............................................................................................. 691.6.8. Patch Cords (2 Mtr) ...................................................................................... 691.6.9. Generator (5KVA) ........................................................................................ 701.6.10. UPS (1KVA) ................................................................................................. 701.6.11. Furniture ...................................................................................................... 701.6.12. Public health ................................................................................................ 701.6.13. Electrical Work ............................................................................................. 701.6.14. Field Router ................................................................................................. 711.6.15. WAN optimizer ............................................................................................. 71

1.7. Other Offices ....................................................................................................... 72

1.7.1. Thin Client.................................................................................................... 721.7.2. Laptop .......................................................................................................... 721.7.3. Laser Printer ................................................................................................ 731.7.4. UPS 1 KVA .................................................................................................. 731.7.5. Router-cum-Switch ...................................................................................... 75

2. Annexure II-Civil Specification ..................................................................................... 762.1 FRS for Category A ............................................................................................. 76

2.1.1 Civil Works ....................................................................................................... 762.1.2 Public Health ................................................................................................... 782.1.3 Furniture .......................................................................................................... 822.1.4 Electrical .......................................................................................................... 83

2.2 Category B .......................................................................................................... 91


Page 4 of 268

2.2.1 Civil Work ........................................................................................................ 912.2.2 Public Health ................................................................................................... 922.2.3 Furniture .......................................................................................................... 972.2.4 Electrical .......................................................................................................... 98

2.3 Category C ........................................................................................................ 106

2.3.1 Civil................................................................................................................ 1062.3.2 Furniture ........................................................................................................ 1072.3.3 Electrical ........................................................................................................ 1082.3.4 Public Health ................................................................................................. 113

2.4 Indicative Counters and Infrastructure ............................................................... 114

2.5 Indicative Infrastructure at Data Centre, Data recovery Centre and Near Line Data

Centre 117

3. Annexure III – Furniture Specification ........................................................................ 1194. Annexure IV- Functional Requirement Specification .................................................. 157

4.1 FRS for Core Software ...................................................................................... 157

4.1.1 Online Request for Registration ..................................................................... 1574.1.2 E-Stamping .................................................................................................... 1644.1.3 Appointment Module ...................................................................................... 1654.1.4 Registration of Document Module .................................................................. 1674.1.5 Land Record Management Module ................................................................ 1724.1.6 Nakal Module ................................................................................................. 1794.1.7 Integration with Third Party Applications ........................................................ 1804.1.8 Circle Rate Module ........................................................................................ 1844.1.9 Portal Development ....................................................................................... 185

4.2 FRS for Other Software ..................................................................................... 188

4.2.1 Enterprise Workflow Management ................................................................. 1884.2.2 Ad-Hoc Reporting Tool .................................................................................. 1914.2.3 Document Management System (DMS) ......................................................... 1924.2.4 Content Management System (CMS) - Web Application ................................ 1954.2.5 Anti-Virus ....................................................................................................... 1974.2.6 SLA Monitoring Tool ...................................................................................... 1994.2.7 Common Requirements ................................................................................. 2014.2.8 Security Requirements................................................................................... 2104.2.9 Data Digitization & Migration of Registration of document and Land Records 2114.2.10 Query/Advance Search Module ................................................................. 2114.2.11 MIS reporting tool....................................................................................... 2134.2.12 Web Based GIS Application ....................................................................... 217


Page 5 of 268

4.2.13 Admin Module ............................................................................................ 2204.2.14 Learning Management System .................................................................. 2244.2.15 Invoice and Payment Module ..................................................................... 2264.2.16 Database Security ...................................................................................... 2264.2.17 Identity Access Management Tool ............................................................. 2304.2.18 Web Access Management Tool ................................................................. 2364.2.19 Revenue/Court Module .............................................................................. 2394.2.20 Internal Audit .............................................................................................. 2434.2.21 Mobile Application ...................................................................................... 2434.2.22 Enterprise Management Solution (EMS) .................................................... 2454.2.23 Knowledge Management System (KMS) .................................................... 2464.2.24 Error Detection and Error Correction .......................................................... 247

5. Annexure V- Minimum Qualification for Staff Proposed ............................................. 2485.1 Manpower Requirement .................................................................................... 248

5.1.1 Program Director .............................................................................................. 2485.1.2 Program Manager............................................................................................. 2485.1.3 Solution Architect.............................................................................................. 2485.1.4 Service Manager-Registration .......................................................................... 2485.1.5 Service Manager-Land Records ....................................................................... 2495.1.6 Service Manager-GIS Application & Survey...................................................... 2495.1.7 Project Manager-IT ........................................................................................... 2495.1.8 Project Manager-Operations ............................................................................. 2505.1.9 Project Manager-GIS Application & Survey ...................................................... 2505.1.10 Project Manager-Data Centre ......................................................................... 2505.1.11 Project Manager- Facilities/ Civil ..................................................................... 2515.1.12 Project Manager-Data Digitization .................................................................. 2515.1.13 Team Leader-Operations ................................................................................ 2515.1.14 Team Leader-Capacity Building, Training & Change Management ................. 2515.1.15 Team Leader-IT Application & Software Development.................................... 2525.1.16 Team Leader – Integration/ Tool Smith ........................................................... 2525.1.17 Team Leader-Data Centre, Data Dump Site and Disaster Recovery Site ....... 2525.1.18 Team Leader-Civil Including Construction and Non-IT Equipment .................. 2525.1.19 Team Leader-Data Digitization ....................................................................... 2535.1.20 Team Leader-Surveys .................................................................................... 2535.1.21 System Analyst ............................................................................................... 2535.1.22 Quality Assurance .......................................................................................... 2545.1.23 System Administrator ..................................................................................... 2545.1.24 Surveyors ....................................................................................................... 2545.1.25 GIS Engineer/Analyst ..................................................................................... 254


Page 6 of 268

5.1.26 GIS Developer ................................................................................................ 2545.1.27 Operators (Helpdesk/Reception/Deed Writer/Operators at SRO).................... 2555.1.28 Handholding Staff ........................................................................................... 255

5.2 Minimum Mandatory Salary ............................................................................... 255

Annexure VI- Non – Disclosure Agreement ....................................................................... 256Annexure VII Technology Architecture Requirements ....................................................... 260

7.1. Application Architecture Requirements .............................................................. 260

7.2. Database Architecture Requirements ................................................................ 262

7.3. Network Architecture Requirements .................................................................. 263

7.4. Security Architecture Requirements ................................................................... 264

7.5. Other Architecture Requirements....................................................................... 268


Page 7 of 268

1. Annexure I: Technical Requirement Specifications – HardwarePlease refer section 2.4 & 2.5 for indicative list of infrastructures

1.1. Data Centre – Infrastructure Specification

1.1.1. Database Server

RequirementID

Item Requirement Description

DBS.REQ.001 Processor Latest Generation x86-64 Bit Minimum Hexa-CoreProcessor with Minimum 1.86Ghz Clock Speed and12MB Cache with QPI Technology or above

DBS.REQ.002 Number of Processors Offered Server should be configured with 4 (Four)Processors

DBS.REQ.003 Memory 64 GB DDR3 Memory Per ServerDBS.REQ.004 Memory Scalability Memory Should be Scalable up to 256 GBDBS.REQ.005 PCI-Express Slots Server Should Have Minimum 3 * PCI Express Slots or

higherDBS.REQ.006 Network Interface

PortsMinimum 2, 10 gbps SFP card

DBS.REQ.007 The NIC Ports should support FCoE & iSCSIDBS.REQ.008 FC-HBA Ports Minimum 2, 8 Gb/s FC-HBA Cards / FCoEDBS.REQ.009 Internal RAID Internal RAID Controller should be able to do RAID 1,0DBS.REQ.010 Internal / External

HDD (For OS only)Minimum 4 * 50 GB SSD

DBS.REQ.011 Pre-Failure Warranty Critical Components like CPU, Memory, SSD & PCI Slotsto be covered pre-failure / repeated warning mechanism

DBS.REQ.012 OS & VirtualizationInfrastructure Support

Should support major OS and relevant software support

DBS.REQ.013 I/O & Power SupplyRedundancy

Server Should have redundant power supply andredundant I/O

DBS.REQ.014 From Factor Blade


Page 8 of 268

1.1.2. Blade Server

RequirementID


BCHSREQ.001 Certification(s)Required

OEM - ISO 9001 Manufacturer

BCHSREQ.002 Certification(s)Required

Certified on proposedOS(s)

BCHSREQ.003 Std. Compliance(s)Req.

UL, FCC & RoHS

BCHSREQ.004 Server Form Factor Blade to be inserted into above blade enclosure

BCHSREQ.005 General CPU: 2 * Quad core Processor. Processorspeed should be of Min 2.3 GHz

BCHSREQ.006 Memory Memory: 64 GB Memory scalable up to 256 GB

BCHSREQ.007 Memory Hard Disk Drive: 2x 300 GB or higher capacitydisk of 10K or higher RPM hot plug SAS HDD

BCHSREQ.008 Multi-function Port 2x 300 GB or higher capacitydisk of 10K or higher RPM hot plug SAS HDD

BCHSREQ.009 Keyboard Virtual KVM based remote controlBCHSREQ.010 Hard Disk Controller SAS based supporting

RAID 0 , 1BCHSREQ.011 Management OS independent hardware

health status


Page 9 of 268

1.1.3. Archive Server 24TB Raid 5 SATA /SAS storage

RequirementID


DBS.REQ.001 Processor Latest Generation x86-64 Bit Minimum Hexa-CoreProcessor with Minimum 1.86Ghz Clock Speed and12MB Cache with QPI Technology or above

DBS.REQ.002 Number of Processors Offered Server should be configured with 4 (Four)Processors

DBS.REQ.003 Memory 64 GB DDR3 Memory Per ServerDBS.REQ.004 Memory Scalability Memory Should be Scalable up to 256 GBDBS.REQ.005 PCI-Express Slots Server Should Have Minimum 3 * PCI Express Slots or

higherDBS.REQ.006 Network Interface

PortsMinimum 2, 10 gbps sfp card

DBS.REQ.007 The NIC Ports should support FCoE & iSCSIDBS.REQ.008 FC-HBA Ports Minimum 2, 8 Gb/s FC-HBA Cards / FCoEDBS.REQ.009 Internal RAID Internal RAID Controller should be able to do RAID 1,0DBS.REQ.010 Internal / External

HDD (For OS only)Minimum 4 * 50 GB SSD

DBS.REQ.011 Pre-Failure Warranty Critical Components like CPU, Memory, SSD & PCI Slotsto be covered pre-failure / repeated warning mechanism

DBS.REQ.012 OS & VirtualizationInfrastructure Support


DBS.REQ.013 I/O & Power SupplyRedundancy


DBS.REQ.014 From Factor Blade


Page 10 of 268

1.1.4. Blade Chassis

RequirementID


BCH.REQ.001 Blade Chassis Solution to house the required number of blade servers insmallest number of enclosure

BCH.REQ.002 Same enclosure should support Intel Xeon, AMD Opteronor RISC/EPIC blades. Enclosure should also supportUnix/ Linux / Windows Operating environment andequivalent

BCH.REQ.003 Should have Hot Pluggable & Redundant ManagementModules.

BCH.REQ.004 Blade Chassis Should provide a highly reliable and highperformance redundant mid-plane/back-plane/ mid-placedesign in the blade enclosure. Should provide detailedtechnical information.

BCH.REQ.005 Should be able to accommodate the blade serversmentioned in the sections below in the proposed bladeenclosures.

BCH.REQ.006 Support simultaneous remote access for different serversin the enclosure.

BCH.REQ.007 LAN Interconnect Two or Four network ports from each of the servers in theenclosure should be available on 10 Gigabit LAN switch /Link Aggregation Module / Pass-through to connect toexternal network devices.

BCH.REQ.008 Fibre ChannelInterconnects

Redundant 8GB Fibre Channel Pass thru Interconnectmodules to direct HBA cards to SAN Switch/Storage./redundant converged FCOE based modules

BCH.REQ.009 MAC Address & WWNManagement

Blade Enclosure should preferably support management& deployment of MAC Addresses of NIC Adapters andWWN No of FC adapters at the chassis level so thatreplacement of a server blade does not involve Network& SAN configuration effort at the blade level

BCH.REQ.010 Power Supply The enclosure should be populated fully with powersupplies of the highest capacity & energy efficiencyavailable with the vendor. Power supplies should supportN+N as well as N+1 redundancy configuration, where Nis greater than 1. Guaranteeing complete availability evenon failure of any 2 power supplies across the enclosure

BCH.REQ.011 Cooling Each blade enclosure should have a cooling subsystemconsisting of redundant hot pluggable fans or blowersenabled with technologies for improved powerconsumption and acoustics


Page 11 of 268

RequirementID


BCH.REQ.012 Redundancy The Mid-plan/Back-plan, all interconnect switches thepower bus running across the chassis should be inredundant configuration. chassis as well as componentsof chassis needs to be redundant

BCH.REQ.013 System Software Management/controlling software have to be from thesame OEM

BCH.REQ.014 Remote Management Must provide a remote management functionality tooperate the server in both in-band and out-of-band. Mustbe part of the server without the need to install anyadditional hardware or software

BCH.REQ.015 Must have Real-time Virtual KVM functionality and beable to perform a remote Power sequence. Must provideboth Java & Java-free browsing options.

BCH.REQ.016 Power Management Must be able to show the actual power usage and actualthermal measurement data of the servers.


Page 12 of 268

1.1.5. SFP (Small Form Factor Pluggable) + Uplink Fibre Cable from Blade enclosure toSwitch

RequirementID


SFP.REQ.001 EtherConnectivity

10 Gigabit

SFP.REQ.002 General Hot-swappable input/output device that plugs into an EthernetSFP

SFP.REQ.003 General Digital optical monitoring capability for strong diagnosticcapabilities

SFP.REQ.004 General Interoperable, Compatible with other components in the datacentre

UFC.REQ.005 EthernetConnectivity

Minimum 10 Gbps

UFC.REQ.006 General Should be compatible and interoperable with other componentsin the data centre


Page 13 of 268

1.1.6. SAN Storage

RequirementID


SST.REQ.001 Parameter SpecificationSST.REQ.002 Controllers The proposed SAN array shall be configured with dual

Active-Active controllers for redundancy with dedicatedcache mirroring interface between controllers

SST.REQ.003 Front-End & Back-End Ports

The proposed SAN array shall be configured with minimum8x8 Gb/s FC front end host ports, & 32Gbps aggregatebandwidth across multiple ports to connect with disk drives.

SST.REQ.004 Cache & Cachebackup

The proposed SAN array shall be configured with at least16 GB total usable read / write DRAM cache for data, acrossdual controllers. Cache shall be mirrored between thecontrollers

SST.REQ.005 Offered Capacity The proposed SAN array shall be configured with minimum12 TB using at least 300 GB and 15K rpm dual ported 6gbpsSAS drives.

SST.REQ.006 SAN storage with RAID 1+0 level configurations for CoreDatabase and RAID 5 for other data stores.

SST.REQ.007 Maximum UsableCapacity

The storage system should be scalable up to minimum100TB of usable capacity using 6gbps SAS disk drives. Themaximum capacity is considered using min. 100 spindlesper device (back end) port in the same ratio of disks ascurrently proposed.

SST.REQ.008 Disk IOPS The array should be configured to deliver at least 10000 diskIOPS at less than 10 milliseconds response

SST.REQ.009 IA should enclose OEM certification for the givenperformance for proposed configuration and publicdocument for the required performance scalability

SST.REQ.010 RAID Levels The Proposed SAN Array should support RAID Levels 1 or10, 5 and 6

SST.REQ.011 Snapshots & VolumeClones

Offered Storage must include snapshots & volume cloneslicenses


Page 14 of 268

1.1.7. SAN Switch with 2 FC-IP port

RequirementID


SSW.REQ.001 Architecture Switch Should have Completely Non-Blocking Architecture

SSW.REQ.002 FabricBandwidth

Switch Should have minimum 680 Gb/s Fabric Bandwidth

SSW.REQ.003 Port Speed Ports should be configured with at least 8 Gb/s FC SFPs andshould auto-negotiate to 2/4 Gbps speeds

SSW.REQ.004 QoS Switch Should support Quality of ServicesSSW.REQ.005 ISL Trunking Switch Should include ISL Trunking / link aggregation up to

minimum 64Gb/sSSW.REQ.006 Power Supply

and FansSwitch Should be Configured with redundant Power Suppliesand Fans

SSW.REQ.007 Number of Ports 24 portsSSW.REQ.008 Form Factor Rack Mount


Page 15 of 268

1.1.8. Tape Library [With 100 cartridges & 10 cleaning cartridges]

RequirementID


TLB.REQ.001 Drive Type LTO5TLB.REQ.002 Minimum No of

Drives4 or higher

TLB.REQ.003 DriveScalability

up to 18 drives

TLB.REQ.004 No of Slots 75 or higherTLB.REQ.005 Slot Scalability up to 400 slotsTLB.REQ.006 Power Supplies Redundant Power SuppliesTLB.REQ.007 User Interface Touch Screen Graphical InterfaceTLB.REQ.008 Cartridges 50 LTO5 barcode labelled cartridges & 5 cleaning cartridges

from the tape library OEM

TLB.REQ.009 Cartridges Should support LTO5, LTO6 and LTO7


Page 16 of 268

1.1.9. Core Switch

RequirementID


CSW.REQ.001 General Chassis based Architecture, with minimum 5 payload slots forswitching and one slot should be free for future expansion.

CSW.REQ.002 General Should have 720 Gbps switch fabric or higherCSW.REQ.003 General Packet forwarding rate for 64-byte packets required at least

210 million packets per second forwarding rate at Layer 2, 3CSW.REQ.004 General The Switch should have the following interfaces from Day 1:CSW.REQ.005 General The Switch should have the following interfaces /ports from

Day 1:CSW.REQ.006 General 96 x 10/100/1000 Base TX interfacesCSW.REQ.007 General 36 x 10Gbps interfaces SFP ports (LR 4 ports (up to 10kms) &

SR 20 Ports) distributed in 3 LAN cardsCSW.REQ.008 General There should not be any service degradation due to failure of

power supply or CPU.CSW.REQ.009 General Internal Redundant power supplies, fan and CPU from day 1.

The Switch should be able to take redundant switchingfabric/CPU with similar feature and Capacity.

CSW.REQ.010 General Hot swappable chassis Components such as power supplyand interface modules

CSW.REQ.011 General Support for 2000 Active VLANs.CSW.REQ.012 General Layer 3 features, VRRP or equivalent to create redundant,

Static IP routing, RIPv1&2, OSPF.CSW.REQ.013 General Standard and extended ACLs on all portsCSW.REQ.014 General Should support 802.1x user authenticationCSW.REQ.015 General Should have support for Ipv6CSW.REQ.016 General CoS: Should support port-based COS assignment and CoS

trustCSW.REQ.017 General Queue per port: Should have minimum 8 hardware queues

per portCSW.REQ.018

General

The Switch Should support at least 32,000 MAC addresses ,4,000 Active VLANs Entries and 50 Spanning Tree ProtocolInstances

CSW.REQ.019Layer 2Features

Layer 2 switch ports and VLAN trunksIEEE 802.1Q VLANencapsulationSupport for at least 4000VLANs.802.1s802.1wPort trunking capability.Port mirroringcapability

CSW.REQ.020

Layer 3Features

VRRP/HSRPStatic IP routingIP routing protocolsOpen Shortest Path FirstRouting Information ProtocolIP Version 6 support.

CSW.REQ.020 General Should have EAL 3/ NDPP certified


Page 17 of 268

1.1.10. Server Access Switch

Requirement ID Item Requirement Description

SAF.REQ.001 Access Switch The Switch should be a Fixed Configuration switchwith 16 x SFP+ ports for 1G/10G combo optionsbased on requirements stated below.

SAF.REQ.002 Access Switch The Switch should be loaded with 2 x 10Gbps LRModules for remote office connection and 12 x 5meter Copper Cable / Fibre cable with 10GModules at both ends for Server Connection

SAF.REQ.003 Access Switch The Switch Should support at least 800Gbps ofswitching capacity

SAF.REQ.004 Access Switch The Switch Should support throughput of at least250 Mbps for IPv4 and 125 Mbps IPv6

SAF.REQ.005 Access Switch The Switch Should support at least 32,000 MACaddresses , 4,000 Active VLANs Entries and 50Spanning Tree Protocol Instances

SAF.REQ.006 Access Switch The Switch should support 2 GB Dynamic RAM(SDRAM) and 2 GB flash

SAF.REQ.007 Access Switch The Switch should support SFP+ optics for 10Gconnectivity and SFP for 1G Connectivity andadditional module slot for scalability to 40 ports

SAF.REQ.008 Access Switch The Switch Should support 10 G Ethernet: IEEE802.3, IEEE 802.3ae, 802.1D Spanning TreeProtocol, IEEE 802.1w Rapid Reconfiguration ofSpanning Tree, IEEE 802.1s Multiple VLANInstances of Spanning Tree, IEEE 802.3ad LACP,IEEE 802.1p CoS Prioritization, IEEE 802.1QVLAN

SAF.REQ.009 Access Switch The Switch Should support redundant powersupplies

SAF.REQ.010 General Should support EAL 3/ NDPP certified


Page 18 of 268

1.1.11. State full inspection firewall


FRW.REQ.001 Product nameFRW.REQ.002 VersionFRW.REQ.003 QuantityFRW.REQ.004 No. of User

Licenses:FRW.REQ.005 Compatibility Should be compatible with relevant devices

FRW.REQ.006 Hardwarerequirements

The Firewalls should be Hardware based, Reliable,purpose-built security appliance with hardenedoperating system that eliminates the security risksassociated with general-purpose operating systems with8 Nos. of 10/100/1000 Base TX interfaces


The Appliance should be Full-featured, high-performance firewall, and IP Security/Secure SocketsLayer (IPSec/SSL) VPN technologies deliver robustapplication security, user- and application-based accesscontrol, and remote user/site connectivity.


Should be redundant supporting Active/Active orActive/Standby Firewall for High Availability & Scalability


Firewall Throughput of Up to 1.2 Gbps


VPN Throughput of Up to 400 Mbps


Concurrent Sessions of at least 650,000


IPSec VPN Peers of up to 2500


WebVPN Peers of up to 2500


Support for Virtual Firewalls of up to 50 logical firewallsso that the Central site can have an individual firewallingfor every remote site in future.


Virtual Interfaces (VLANs) support for at least 250VLANs for forming Secure server Farms and DMZs


Scalability through VPN clustering and load balancing

FRW.REQ.017 Advancedapplication andprotocol inspection

Should integrate with more than 24 specializedinspection engines for protocols such as:

FRW.REQ.018 Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP)FRW.REQ.019 File Transfer Protocol (FTP)


Page 19 of 268


FRW.REQ.020 Domain Name System (DNS)FRW.REQ.021 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)FRW.REQ.022 SQL*NetFRW.REQ.023 Network File System (NFS)FRW.REQ.024 H.323 Versions 1–4FRW.REQ.025 VoIPFRW.REQ.026 Session Initiation Protocol (SIP)FRW.REQ.027 Real-Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP)FRW.REQ.028 Internet Locator Service (ILS)FRW.REQ.029 VPN VPN Module integrated with the firewallFRW.REQ.030 IPSecFRW.REQ.031 Dedicated tunnelsFRW.REQ.032 Encryption (DES, 3DES, AES)FRW.REQ.033 SHA-1 / MD5 authenticationFRW.REQ.034 IKE certificate authentication (X.509)FRW.REQ.035 Dead peer detectionFRW.REQ.036 NAT Traversal supportedFRW.REQ.037 Minimum 100 tunnels supportFRW.REQ.038 IM Control & Logging Support for controlling MSN, Yahoo, AOL, Google

messengersFRW.REQ.039 Traffic Management DiffServ setting/ DSCP valuesFRW.REQ.040 Policy-based traffic shaping/PolicingFRW.REQ.041 Guaranteed / Maximum / Priority bandwidthFRW.REQ.042 High Availability (HA) Active-ActiveFRW.REQ.043 Active-PassiveFRW.REQ.044 Management Support for Centralised ManagementFRW.REQ.045 Workload estimation

undertaken andcompliance

YES

FRW.REQ.046 Regulatory Common Criteria Evaluated Assurance LevelEAL4/NDPP/ICSA Firewall 4.0 Certification

FRW.REQ.047 X.509 certificate andCRL support

Supports Simple Certificate Enrolment Protocol (SCEP)-based enrolment with leading X.509 solutions

FRW.REQ.048 General Full support to IPV6 and IPV4.


Page 20 of 268

1.1.12. Application Load Balancer


Application Load BalancerALB.REQ.001 General Load Balancer should support stateful ACL to

prevent unauthorised access of servers andservices by specific source IP and port

ALB.REQ.002 General Application should provide full IPV6 support andhave phase-II certification.

ALB.REQ.003 General Form Factor / DimensionALB.REQ.004 Hardware Features Should be compatible with other equipment

ALB.REQ.005 Architecture (a) 19’’ rack mountableALB.REQ.006 (b) Load Balancer should be multiprocessor or

multicore processor based appliance for Highthroughput performance

ALB.REQ.007 (c) Should have min 6 x 10/100/1000 Base T Ports.ALB.REQ.008 (d) Should support minimum 5 Million concurrent

SessionsALB.REQ.009 (e) Should have minimum through put of 5Gbps.

ALB.REQ.010 (f) Should support logical interfacesALB.REQ.011 (g) Should support Port Aggregation IEEE 802.3adALB.REQ.012 (h) Should support VLAN Trunk IEEE 802.1QALB.REQ.013 (i) Should have 6 GB RAMALB.REQ.014 (j) Should support following deploymentsALB.REQ.015 (1) Routing Mode : where client-side and server-

side VLANs are on different subnetsALB.REQ.016 (2) Bridge Mode: where client-side and server-side

VLANs are on the same subnets.ALB.REQ.017 (k) Should support SSL bps Min 1 GbpsALB.REQ.018 (m) Should support 25,000 SSL TPS (1K)/5000

SSL TPS (2K) key size from day one andupgradable to minimum 10,000 SSL TPS throughlicense upgrade

ALB.REQ.019 (n) Should have built in support for HTTPcompression with minimum throughput of 1 Gbps

ALB.REQ.020 Load Balancing Features (a) Should support minimum 1000 or more realServers for load balancing.

ALB.REQ.021 (b) Should support minimum 100 Virtual servers.ALB.REQ.022 (c) Should support following load balancing

algorithms


Page 21 of 268


Application Load BalancerALB.REQ.023 (1) Cyclic - Round RobinALB.REQ.024 (2) HashALB.REQ.025 (3) Weighted CyclicALB.REQ.026 (4) Least ConnectionsALB.REQ.027 (5) Least number of users.ALB.REQ.028 (6) Least BandwidthALB.REQ.029 (7) Least Response timeALB.REQ.030 (d) Server load balancing based on SNMP

parameter like CPU load, Memory utilization etc.ALB.REQ.031 (e) Should support Client NAT & Server NATALB.REQ.032 (f) In case of Server / Application failure device

should detect it in not more than 30 secondsALB.REQ.033 (g) Should support following content based Load

balancing featuresALB.REQ.034 (1) Server Load balancer should have global load

balancing feature inbuilt or externally provisionedto ensure DC/DR failover using DNS and httpredirection mechanism

ALB.REQ.035 (2) HTTP Header based redirectionALB.REQ.036 (3) URL-Based RedirectionALB.REQ.037 (4) Browser Type Based RedirectionALB.REQ.038 (5) Preferential Treatment (Cookie-Based)ALB.REQ.039 Server Management

Features(a) Should support Graceful shutdown of Servers

ALB.REQ.040 (b) Should support Graceful Activation of ServersALB.REQ.041 (c) Should able to redirect traffic based on Source

IP, Destination IP & TCP PORTALB.REQ.042 Segmentation/Virtualisation The Load Balancer should support virtualization or

segmentationALB.REQ.043 Server Load balancer should have ability to

integrate in virtualized server environmentALB.REQ.044 Should have the capability for automatic

synchronization of virtualization changes to theserver load balancer configuration out of the box.

ALB.REQ.045 Health Monitoring (a) Should provide individual health checks for realservers & farms

ALB.REQ.046 (b) Should allow to monitor protocol like HTTP,SMTP, POP, FTP etc.

ALB.REQ.047 (c ) Should allow to configure Customize healthprobes based on TCP & UDP parameters

ALB.REQ.048 (d) Should provide GUI


Page 22 of 268


Application Load BalancerALB.REQ.049 (e) Optional Support for user defined / custom

health checks as per the requirement.ALB.REQ.050 Redundancy (a) Device should have redundant power supply

and Should support transparent failover between 2devices

ALB.REQ.051 ( b ) Should Supports active-standby, active-activeredundancy with support for mirroring of sessiontable & persistency information like session-ids etc.

ALB.REQ.052 Management (a) Should support following ManagementApplications

ALB.REQ.053 (1) SSHALB.REQ.054 (2) HTTPSALB.REQ.055 (3) ConsoleALB.REQ.056 (4) SNMP (V1, V2 and V3).ALB.REQ.057 (b) Should support GUI for configuration &

monitoringALB.REQ.058 SSL Acceleration Encryption Algorithms - The SSL Accelerator must

support following encryption algorithms:-ALB.REQ.059 SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_MD5ALB.REQ.060 SSL_RSA_WITH_RC4_128_SHAALB.REQ.061 SSL_RSA_WITH_DES_CSC_SHAALB.REQ.062 SSL_RSA_WITH_3DES_EDE_CBC_SHAALB.REQ.063 The SSL Accelerator must support following MD5

Hash AlgorithmsALB.REQ.064 SHA1ALB.REQ.065 Encryption Protocols - The

SSL Accelerator mustsupport following encryptionalgorithms:-

SSLv2ALB.REQ.066 SSLv3ALB.REQ.067 TLSALB.REQ.068 Network Address Translation: The SSL Accelerator

must support proxy as well as bridge mode oroperation

ALB.REQ.069 SSL Session ID Stickiness. The SSL Acceleratormust maintain stickiness of the session.

ALB.REQ.070 Back End Encryption. The SSL Accelerator mustsupport back end encryption with the server.

ALB.REQ.071 Should support conversion of server http redirect tohttps redirects.

ALB.REQ.072 URL Rewrite. URL re-writes to ensure deliverysecure content through HTTPS protocol.

ALB.REQ.073 Public Key Infrastructure. The SSL Acceleratormust support public key infrastructure features like


Page 23 of 268


Application Load BalancerRSA key pair generation, Server Certificateenrolment, Server key and certificate import etc.

ALB.REQ.074 SSL accelerator should cache OCSP responsesfor a defined period of time

ALB.REQ.075 Infrastructure features:- RSA Key pair generation,ALB.REQ.076 Server Certificate Enrolment,ALB.REQ.077 Server key and Certificate import,ALB.REQ.078 Key and Certificate renewal,ALB.REQ.079 Auto enrolment of certificates.ALB.REQ.080 SSL accelerator should not compress objects that

are known to have problem with specific browsers.This ability should be scoped per object type andclient browser type, and allow the user to reviewand modify the list of predefined compressionexceptions


Page 24 of 268

1.1.13. Global Load balancer (ISP Load Balancer)


Global Load BalancerGLB.REQ.001 General Built-in at least two numbers of 10/100/1000 Mbps

EthernetGLB.REQ.002 General Should load balance at least two data centres during

peak transactions ensuring the business objectives ofthe User

GLB.REQ.003 General Ensure Web-based applications are always available,by detecting site outages or site congestion andrerouting content requests

GLB.REQ.004 General Offload Domain Name System (DNS) servers by takingover the domain resolution process, and transmits theserequests

GLB.REQ.005 General Should be able to support up to 30000 DNS requestsper second

GLB.REQ.006 General Should be able to support up to 1500 Name Serverrequests per second

GLB.REQ.007 General Work with the existing DNS infrastructure by providingcentralized domain management.

GLB.REQ.008 General The Web application users should be quickly reroutedto a standby data centre if a primary data centre outageor overload of primary data centre.

GLB.REQ.009 General Traffic management process to continuously monitorthe load and health of the Server load balancers withineach data centre to select the Server load balancer thatis most capable of supporting the new clients.

GLB.REQ.010 General Dedicated processing of DNS requests for greaterperformance and scalability

GLB.REQ.011 General In real time direct content consumers to the closest datacentre.

GLB.REQ.012 General Number of supporting redundant virtual IP address to beproposed by the IA

GLB.REQ.013 General Intelligently manage client traffic flow to each datacentre

GLB.REQ.014 General Have the following indicative load balancing algorithmsto support user's business objectives:

GLB.REQ.015 General Ordered listGLB.REQ.016 General Static based on client's DNS addressGLB.REQ.017 General Round robinGLB.REQ.018 General Weighted Round RobinGLB.REQ.019 General Least loaded


Page 25 of 268


GLB.REQ.020 General Source address and domain hashGLB.REQ.021 General Global DNS Sticky Data BaseGLB.REQ.022 General Network Proximity using Director Response ProtocolGLB.REQ.023 General Drop- algorithm silently discards requestsGLB.REQ.024 General Ensures that a client gets directed to the proper data

centre, based on the client's unique requirements.GLB.REQ.025 General Should guarantees site persistence, ensuring sticky

connections between users and applications duringsecure and non-secure portions of the transaction

GLB.REQ.026 General Restrictive console. FTP, SNMP, Telnet and Webmanagement access.

GLB.REQ.027 General Should support TACAS+ or RADIUS or equivalentsecurity protocols and multilevel users profile formanagement, operations and monitor

GLB.REQ.028 General Storage to be proposed by IA (at least 80 GB)GLB.REQ.029 General RAM to be proposed by the IA (at least 2 GB DDR III)GLB.REQ.030 General Have integrated DDOS protectionGLB.REQ.031 General Have SNMP health probe to monitor the health and load

of any deviceGLB.REQ.032 General Should support minimum 4000 DNS RulesGLB.REQ.033 General Should support minimum 4000 Virtual IP AddressesGLB.REQ.034 General Should support minimum 100 Answers per requestsGLB.REQ.035 General Should provide full IPV6 Support and have phase-II

certification


Page 26 of 268

1.1.14. Management Console (3*2 Panel at least)

RequirementID


MGC.REQ.001Proposednumber ofpanels

At least 3*2

MGC.REQ.002 Display size at least 40 inch wall mounted Full HD TV (LED / LCD)MGC.REQ.003 Environment at least Energy Star 3.0MGC.REQ.004 Wall mount YesMGC.REQ.005 Minimum

requirementsThe Display should have aspect ratio of 16:9.

MGC.REQ.006 The Display should support true resolution of 1366 X 768 pixels.MGC.REQ.007 The Display should have minimum (Native) contrast ratio of 3000:1.MGC.REQ.008 The Display should have minimum life span of 50,000 Hrs.MGC.REQ.009 The Display should have 450cd/m2 BrightnessMGC.REQ.010 The Gap between 2 LCD should be Not more than 6mmMGC.REQ.011 The display should have following input terminals.MGC.REQ.012 a) RGB Input –Mini D-Sub 15 PIN x 1 (For connecting PC/LAPTOP)MGC.REQ.013 b) DVI-D In – 24+1 PIN (For More Laptop)MGC.REQ.014 c) RS-232C - D-Sub 9 PIN X 1 (For programming) ( Input and Output)MGC.REQ.015 c) HDMI In – 2(For connecting DVD Players in future)MGC.REQ.016 d) LAN port - RJ45MGC.REQ.017 The Display should have following functions:

MGC.REQ.018 Screen Saver function – Wobbling (For preventing any ghost imageto appear on display).

MGC.REQ.019a) Auto Power off (For saving the power consumption when not inuse)

MGC.REQ.020b) Power Saver Mode (For saving power if not in use for shortduration during VC)

MGC.REQ.021The Display should support various types of mounting accessorieslike:

MGC.REQ.022 a) Wall Mount BracketMGC.REQ.023 The display should have the following standards certificationMGC.REQ.024 a) RoHS compliant – For environmentMGC.REQ.025 b) UL/IEC – For safetyMGC.REQ.026 c) FCC – For radiations regulation


Page 27 of 268

1.1.15. IP KVM & Console


KVM.REQ.001 Port Minimum of 16 ports scalable andupgradeable

KVM.REQ.002 User Support Support 2 remote users and 1 user at therack

KVM.REQ.003 Remote Access Take control of servers at BIOS levelFacilitate both in-band and out-of bandaccessIntegrate with power strips, so as to be ableto reset power of the remote device at portlevelRemote access of both servers and serialdevices such as routers (through same ordifferent appliances)Facility to integrate with secure managementGigabit Ethernet portsVirtual Media Support of multiple mediaincluding 'ISO image' files

KVM.REQ.004 Rack Mountable LCD Monitorwith In-built Keyboard &Mouse

19 inch rack mountable designKVM access over IPBrowser based management available atboth remote and local (supported browser =Internet Explorer for MS Window, Firefox forMS Window, Linux etc)Support for resolution of 1600*1200 oraboveSingle window access to all equipmentEquipment access logs and event historyand send email alerts based on log details astriggersLogging should be centralized in one syslogserverAbsolute mouse synchronization


Page 28 of 268

1.1.16. 42 U Racks

RequirementID


RCK.REQ.001 General 19” 42U racks should be mounted on the floor with castorwheels with brakes (set of 4 per rack)

RCK.REQ.002 General Floor Standing Server Rack - 42U with Heavy DutyExtruded Aluminium Frame for rigidity. Top cover with FHUprovision. Top & Bottom cover with cable entry glandplates. Heavy Duty Top and Bottom frame of MS. Two pairsof 19" mounting angles with 'U' marking. Depth supportchannels - 3 pairs with an overall weight carrying Capacityof 500 Kgs.

RCK.REQ.003 General The racks should conform to EIA-310 Standard forCabinets, Racks, Panels and Associated Equipment andaccommodate industry standard 19” rack mountequipment.

RCK.REQ.004 General Front and Back doors should be perforated with at least63% or higher perforations.

RCK.REQ.005 General All racks should be OEM racks with Adjustable mountingdepth, Multi-operator component compatibility, NumberedU positions, Powder coat paint finish and Protectivegrounding provisions.

RCK.REQ.006 General All racks should have mounting hardware 2 Packs,Blanking Panel (1) varying from 4 U to 5 U size

RCK.REQ.007 General Keyboard Tray with BB Slides (Rotary Type) (1 no. perRack)

RCK.REQ.008 General Stationery Shelf 627mm Network (2 sets per Rack)RCK.REQ.009 General All racks must be lockable on all sides with unique key for

each rackRCK.REQ.010 General Racks should be compatible with floor-throw as well as top-

throw data centre cooling systems.RCK.REQ.011 General Racks should have Rear Cable Management channels,

Roof and base cable accessRCK.REQ.012 Wire managers Two vertical and four horizontalRCK.REQ.013 Power distribution Unit Vertically Mounted, 32AMPs with 25 Power Outputs. (20

Power outs of IEC 320 C13 Sockets & 5 Power outs of5/15Amp Sockets), Electronically controlled circuits forSurge & Spike protection, LED readout for the total currentbeing drawn from the channel, 32AMPS MCB, 5 KVAisolated input to Ground & Output to Ground


Page 29 of 268

RequirementID


RCK.REQ.014 Door The racks must have steel (solid / grill / mesh) front / reardoors and side panels. Racks should NOT have glassdoors / panels.Both the front and rear doors should bedesigned with quick release hinges allowing for quick andeasy detachment without the use of tools.

RCK.REQ.015 Fan Trays Fan 90CFM 230V AC, 4" dia (4 Nos. per Rack)Fan Housing Unit 4 Fan Position (Top Mounted) (1 no. perRack) - Monitored - Thermostat based - The Fans shouldswitch on based on the Temperature within the rack. Thetemperature setting should be factory settable. This unitshould also include - humidity & temperature sensor

RCK.REQ.016 Metal Aluminium extruded profileRCK.REQ.017 Side Panel Detachable side panels (set of 2 per Rack)RCK.REQ.018 Width 19” equipment mounting, extra width is recommended for

managing voluminous cablesRCK.REQ.019 Jacket Panel Should have a 24 port modular/ discrete patch panel

Ports should be individually replaceable and consistentport-to-port performanceShould confirm or exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 and IEC60603-7-4 standards requirements for CAT 6Metallic high strengths and 1U heightShould be UL listed

RCK.REQ.020 IO Should confirm or exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 and IEC60603-7-4 standards requirements for CAT 6Durability: 750 mating cycles on modular jack and 200termination cycles on 110 block

RCK.REQ.021 UTP CableRCK.REQ.022 Type UTP, Cat 6, ANSI/TIA/EIA 568-B.2-1

The cable jacket shall comply with Article 800 NEC for useas a non-plenum cable. The 4 pair UTP cable shall be ULÒand c (ULÒ) Listed Type CM.

RCK.REQ.023 Conductors 4 pair 23 / 24 AWG Copper with pair separator for uniformcharacteristic impedance

RCK.REQ.024 Insulation Polyethylene/PolyolefinThickness 0.22 ± 0.03mm

RCK.REQ.025 Operatingtemperature

-20 to +60 Deg. C

RCK.REQ.026 Jacket Flame Retardant PVCRCK.REQ.027 Approvals UL ListedRCK.REQ.028 Frequency Tested Up

to100 MHz>=250 MHz

RCK.REQ.029 Delay Skew 25ns-45ns / 100m Max


Page 30 of 268

RequirementID


RCK.REQ.030 Impedance 100 Ω ± 6 ΩRCK.REQ.031 Performance

characteristics to beprovided along withbid

Attenuation, Pair-to-pair and Power sum NEXT, ELFEXTand PS ELFEXT, Return Loss and Delay skew tested for100m channel as well as 90m Permanent Link


Page 31 of 268

1.1.17. Miscellaneous


MIS.REQ.001 Cable CAT 6 Cable (305 Mtr. Box) and cabling

MIS.REQ.002 Patch Cord (1) Patch Cord 1m CAT 6

MIS.REQ.003 Patch Cord (2) Patch Cord 2m CAT 6

MIS.REQ.004 Patch Cord –Bandwidth

@850nm - 500 MHz-KM

MIS.REQ.005 Patch Cord –Bandwidth

@1300nm - 500 MHz-KM

MIS.REQ.006 Patch Cord insertionLoss

Less than 0.5 dB

MIS.REQ.007 Information Outlet Information Outlet CAT 6


Page 32 of 268

1.1.18. Patch Panel 24 ports CAT6


PPP.REQ.001 Fibre optic patchpanel

19-inch, Rack mounted Fibre optic patch panel

PPP.REQ.002 Height 2 U, 3.5 inches

PPP.REQ.003 # of fibres 6, 12, 24 or 48

PPP.REQ.004 # of OSP Cables fortermination

Minimum 2

PPP.REQ.005 Grounding 2 Nos. of earthing lugs, pre-loaded

PPP.REQ.006 Cable Managementrings

Front and rear cable management rings, pre-loaded

PPP.REQ.007 Ports Support 24 ports


Page 33 of 268

1.1.19. WAN optimizer & Branch Optimizer

Requirement ID Item Requirement DescriptionsWAO.REQ.001 General high performance dedicated hardware based solution and

should not be proposed as integrated hardware/softwaremodule to deliver the operating efficiency over the WAN

WAO.REQ.002 Support Should support various optimization techniques including,compression, byte level caching, data deduplication, TCPoptimization and single instance store to improve RPOand RTO

WAO.REQ.003 Security Support for Network de-duplication with SSL basedsecure WAN to avoid the repeated content across theWAN and to ensure efficient utilization WAN bandwidth

WAO.REQ.004 Applicationaccelerationblueprints

Should provide seamless integration withapplication/server load balancer

WAO.REQ.005 Integration Should support correct addressing, transparentaddressing and correct addressing with server sidetransparency (CAST) mode of operation for seamlessintegration

WAO.REQ.006 Integration Proposed solution should seamless able to integrate withindustry leading data recovery solutions

WAO.REQ.007 RTO & RBO Proposed solution should improve recovery time objective(RTO) and recovery point objective (RBO) with reducedremote backup and replication time

WAO.REQ.008 Global policy All appliances should be managed using centralizedmanagement software to enable global policyconfiguration, deployment & software updates

WAO.REQ.009 Configuration Centralized management solution must provide templateoption to apply common set of configuration settings tomultiple devices within the network

BRN.REQ.010 Network accelerator dedicated hardware based network accelerator solution toovercome low bandwidth, latency, application contentionand application inefficiencies issues on VSAT networkThe service provider must integrate network accelerationsolution with applications hosted in data centre

BRN.REQ.011 Network accelerator Purpose built platform to reduce the impact of networkcongestion, latency and packet loss that dramaticallyslows end user response times. Network acceleratorsolution must support optimization techniques includingTCP optimization, compression, single instance store,caching and content aware de duplication.

BRN.REQ.012 Network accelerator Solution should provide application blueprint support atLayer 7 to mitigate not only the chattiness of legacy


Page 34 of 268

Requirement ID Item Requirement Descriptionsprotocols but also to improve the performance ofapplication over WAN

BRN.REQ.013 Technicalspecifications – HubLocation

Should be dedicated appliance based solution and mustsupport 30,000 TCP connections and scalable to 100,000TCP connections on same appliance from day one.


Network Interface: 1*10/100/1000 ports and 2 numbers ofInline Gigabit Ports


Solution must support single instance store technology tostore content on disk. Storage support should be 2TB

BRN.REQ.016 Branch Locations Should be dedicated appliance based solution and mustsupport 500 TCP connections and scalable to 1000 TCPconnections on same appliance from day one

BRN.REQ.017 Branch Locations Solution must support single instance store technology tostore content on disk. Storage support should be 500GB

BRN.REQ.018 Branch Locations Network Interface: 1*10/100/1000 ports and 2 numbers ofInline Gigabit Ports

BRN.REQ.019 General Features Should support various WAN optimization technologiessuch as TCP optimization, Network de-duplication,content aware de-duplication, Single instance store foraccelerated application access over WAN

BRN.REQ.020 General Features Should support standard compression mechanism andstream base differencing to avoid transmission of contentthat has been previously received in the local data store

BRN.REQ.021 General Features Solution should support content aware deduplication foroptimized compression history in order to meet desiredperformance. Solution should not keep protocol headerinformation in compression history for superior matchingwhen data is transferred using different protocols

BRN.REQ.022 General Features Should support correct addressing mode of operation forout-of-path deployment

BRN.REQ.023 General Features Should support correct addressing with server sidetransparency (CAST) mode of operation. CorrectAddressing with Server-Side Transparency shouldprovide Correct Addressing mode on the WAN andTransparent Addressing on the LAN

BRN.REQ.024 General Features Application acceleration blueprints: Solution shouldprovide Layer 7 application intelligence to mitigate not


Page 35 of 268

Requirement ID Item Requirement Descriptionsonly the chattiness of legacy protocols but also to improvethe performance of protocols such as

- HTTP- HTTPS- MAPI- ICA- CIFS- iSCSI

FCIPBRN.REQ.025 General Features All appliances should be managed using centralized

management software to enable global policyconfiguration, deployment & software updates

BRN.REQ.026 Centralized management solution must provide templateoption to apply common set of configuration settings tomultiple devices within the network

1.1.20. Backup


BCK.REQ.001 Support ofSAN BasedBackup

Proposed backup solution should provide Online SAN basedbackup agent on all database servers with LAN based (open filesupport) on all app/web servers

BCK.REQ.003 Disk StagingFeature

Software must have integrated true Disk Staging feature,wherein the backup continues to take place even when the diskspace allocated is full. The backup software must be intelligentenough to flush out the data from the disk and migrate the sameto the tape automatically based on the user defined threshold &will not affect the backup operations. Bidder must quote thelicenses for disk based backup

BCK.REQ.004 The proposed Backup Solution has in-built media managementand supports cross platform Device & Media sharing in SANenvironment. It provides a centralized scratched pool thusensuring backups never fail for media

BCK.REQ.005 IncrementalBackup

The software should support for ever incremental backup &there should not be a need to do a Full back up again

BCK.REQ.006 Entire ServerBackup

The software should have capability to back up the entireconfiguration of the server and restore it from scratch the entiresystem including configuration when in a scenario of hardwarefailure


Page 36 of 268


BCK.REQ.007 General Backup Software is able to rebuild the BackupDatabase/Catalogue from tapes in the event of catalogueloss/corruption.

BCK.REQ.008 Databasesupport

The proposed Backup Solution has certified “Hot-Online”backup solution for different type of Databases

BCK.REQ.009 General The proposed solution should have Bare Metal Recovery agenton database servers

BCK.REQ.010 IndividualFile Restore

The Proposed backup solution shall provide granularity of singlefile restore

BCK.REQ.011 General The Proposed backup solution shall be designed in such afashion so that every client/server in a SAN can share therobotic

BCK.REQ.012 General Backup Solution shall be able to copy data across firewallBCK.REQ.013 General Backup Solution shall support automatic skipping of backup

during holidaysBCK.REQ.014 General Should support backup Polices to be defined centrally & should

be applied to Data, not restricted to tape media’s. This is tooptimally reuse the tape media.

BCK.REQ.015 General The software should have capability to retrieve selectivelybased on search criteria

BCK.REQ.016 General The Backup Software shall provide restart-able backup/restorein case of any failure during a Backup/Restore operation

Backup software should be capable to provide restart ablebackup process in case of any network failure during the backupprocess to cater stringent backup window.

BCK.REQ.017 General The Backup software must also be capable of reorganizing thedata onto tapes within the library by migrating data from one setof tapes into another, so that the space available is utilized tothe maximum. The software must be capable of setting thisutilization threshold for tapes.

BCK.REQ.018 General The Backup software must have an integrated RDBMS as thecatalogue and must not use Flat file system to store the backupdata.

BCK.REQ.019 General Should have the ability to retroactively update changes to datamanagement policies that will then be applied to the data that isalready being backed up or archived

BCK.REQ.020 General Backup software should not demand additional licenses whennumber of drives have been added to tape library forperformance improvement.


Page 37 of 268


BCK.REQ.021 General licensing of the software should not to be dependent on thenumber of CPUs of the client machines

BCK.REQ.022 General backup software should support data movement directly fromthe backup client to the backup target without passing throughthe backup server for improved performance

BCK.REQ.023 General the backup software should have inbuilt feature for extensivealerting and reporting with pre-configured and customizableformats.


Page 38 of 268

1.2. Disaster Recovery Centre

1.2.1. Database ServersPlease refer section 1.1.1 for the requirement specification

1.2.2. Blade Servers (Including 2 dedicated GIS server)Please refer section 1.1.2 for the requirement specification

1.2.3. SAN StoragePlease refer section 1.1.6 for the requirement specification

1.2.4. SAN Switch with 2 FC-IP portPlease refer section 1.1.7 for the requirement specification

1.2.5. Core SwitchPlease refer section 1.1.9 for the requirement specification

1.2.6. Server Access SwitchPlease refer section 1.1.10 for the requirement specification

1.2.7. State full inspection firewallPlease refer section 1.1.11 for the requirement specification

1.2.8. Application Load BalancerPlease refer section 1.1.12 for the requirement specification

1.2.9. IP KVM & ConsolePlease refer section 1.1.15 for the requirement specification

1.2.10. 42 U RacksPlease refer section 1.1.16 for the requirement specification

1.2.11. MiscellaneousPlease refer section 1.1.17 for the specifications

1.2.12. SFP /SFP+ Uplink Fibre CablePlease refer section 1.1.5 for the requirement specification


Page 39 of 268

1.2.13. Router

RequirementID


FRO.REQ.001 General Should be chassis based & modular architecture for scalabilityand should be a high performance traffic forwarding up to 280kbps

FRO.REQ.002 General Should have support for hardware based IPSEC and SSLFRO.REQ.003 General Should have minimum of 512MB of RAM and 256 MB of Flash

MemoryFRO.REQ.004 General Interface Requirements from day oneFRO.REQ.005 General 3 x 1Gbps Base Ethernet interfaceFRO.REQ.006 General 2 x 2 Mbps V.35 serial interfacesFRO.REQ.007 General Other FeaturesFRO.REQ.008 General Should support high performance traffic forwarding with

concurrent features like Security, Voice enabledFRO.REQ.009 General Shall support variety of interfaces like V.35 Sync Serial

(64Kbps, 2 Mbps), 3G, Ethernet Interfaces –10/100/1000Mbps, ISDN BRI/ E1

FRO.REQ.010 General Shall have IP Services like GRE tunnelling, ACLs, IPSECVPNs, NAT services. Should support Zone based Firewall,IPS and content filtering in future

FRO.REQ.011 General Should hardware based encryption / compression with IPSECthroughput of 30 Mbps and minimum 50 VPN tunnels.

FRO.REQ.012 General Should be EAL 3/ NDPP certified/Gartner leader quadrant. Incase OEM does not have required certification forRouter/Switch, then bidder can offer the model meeting thespecifications from the OEM under latest Gartner’sLeader Quadrant (2015-2016) but in both the cases productshould be NDPP/EAL3 certified.


Page 40 of 268

1.2.14. Internet Router

RequirementID


IRO.REQ.001 Architecture Modular chassis19’’ rack mountableShall Support At least 5 Security Zones physically isolatedfrom each otherState full

IRO.REQ.002 High Availabilityrequirements

VRRP/HSRPHigh Mean Time between Failure values should beavailable to ensure long life of router hardware.The router should be capable of booting from a remotenode or external flash memory, where the router image ispresent.The Router should have internal redundant power supply

IRO.REQ.003 Miscellaneousrequirements

Should have minimum of 1GB of RAM and 1GB of FlashMemory for proper router operation to keep IGP and EGProutes.

IRO.REQ.004 Interface modulesupport

2 X 2 Mbps serial ports4 X 10/100X1000 base TX fast Ethernet routed interfacesAll the Serial Ports should be Flex-Configured for RS-232/V.35 interfaces.Shall be able to support variety of other interfaces.

IRO.REQ.005 Performancerequirement

The router should have a minimum of 400 or more kbpsthroughput.

IRO.REQ.006 Software requirements Should support the standard routing protocols with QOS.IRO.REQ.007 Functional

requirementsNetworks address translation.

IRO.REQ.08 IP Routing protocols RIP v1 and v2OSPF v2 and v3BGPPolicy Routing.

IRO.REQ.09 Protocols PPPMultilink PPP

IRO.REQ.010 Multicasting and QoS PQ, cRTP, LFI, WREDIRO.REQ.011 Accounting Network Time Protocol.

Packet & Byte Counts.Start Time Stamp & End Time Stamps.Input & Output interface ports.Type of service, TCP Flags & Protocol.Source & Destination IP addresses.Source & Destination TCP/UDP Addresses


Page 41 of 268

RequirementID


IRO.REQ.012 Security Support for Standard Access Lists andExtended Access Lists to provide supervision and control.Controlled SNMP Access.Control SNMP access through the use ofSNMP with authentication.Multiple Privilege Levels.Support for Remote Authentication Dial-InUser Service (RADIUS) and AAA.

IRO.REQ.013 Others Ethernet Interface of the Router should support 802.1QSupport for additional Ethernet Interface cardShould have automatic route optimization and loaddistribution over multiple service provider networks.

IRO.REQ.014 Management Telnet and SSHSNMPShall have Console port for local management.Configuration replacement and roll back functionalityPre-planned reboot

IRO.REQ.015 General Should be EAL 3/ NDPP certified/Gartner leader quadrant.In case OEM does not have required certification forRouter/Switch, then bidder can offer the model meeting thespecifications from the OEM under latest Gartner’sLeader Quadrant (2015-2016) but in both the cases productshould be NDPP/EAL3 certified.

1.2.15. WAN optimizerPlease refer section 1.1.19 for the requirement specification


Page 42 of 268

1.3. Near Line Data Centre

1.3.1. Other Servers (Rack) - File Server / database server etc. as per Replication proposal

RequirementID


OTS.REQ.001 Processor Latest Generation x86-64 Bit Minimum Hexa-CoreProcessor with Minimum 1.86Ghz Clock Speed and 12MBCache with QPI Technology or above

OTS.REQ.002 Number of Processors Offered Server should be configured with 4 (Four)Processors

OTS.REQ.003 Memory 64 GB DDR3 Memory Per ServerOTS.REQ.004 Memory Scalability Memory Should be Scalable up to 256 GBOTS.REQ.005 PCI-Express Slots Server Should Have Minimum 3 * PCI Express Slots or

higherOTS.REQ.006 Network Interface

PortsMinimum 2, 10 gbps sfp card

OTS.REQ.007 The NIC Ports should support FCoE & iSCSIOTS.REQ.008 FC-HBA Ports Minimum 2, 8 Gb/s FC-HBA Cards / FCoEOTS.REQ.009 Internal RAID Internal RAID Controller should be able to do RAID 1,0OTS.REQ.010 Internal / External

HDD (For OS only)Minimum 2* 50 GB SSD

OTS.REQ.011 Pre-Failure Warranty Critical Components like CPU, Memory, SSD & PCI Slotsto be covered pre-failure / repeated warning mechanism

OTS.REQ.012 OS & VirtualizationInfrastructure Support


OTS.REQ.013 I/O & Power SupplyRedundancy


OTS.REQ.014 From Factor Blade

1.3.2. SAN StoragePlease refer section 1.1.6 for the requirement specification

1.3.3. SAN Switch with 2 FC-IP portPlease refer section 1.1.7 for the requirement specification


Page 43 of 268

1.3.4. Router

RequirementID






(64Kbps, 2 Mbps), 3G, Ethernet Interfaces –10/100 Mbps,802.3af, ISDN BRI,




1.3.5. Normal SwitchPlease refer section 1.4.9 – Switch for detailed specification


Page 44 of 268

1.4. Category A – Infrastructure

1.4.1. Local Server Entry Level

RequirementID


LSE.REQ.001 Chassis 5 U Tower or RackLSE.REQ.002 CPU One * Quad Core Intel E3-1230 Processor.LSE.REQ.003 CPU L3 CACHE

Memory8MB (1x8MB) Level 3 For Quad-core processors /

LSE.REQ.004 Motherboard Intel® C204 Series Chipset or higherLSE.REQ.005 Memory 16 GB scalable to 32GB operating at 1600MHz.

Server should support RDIMM with 2DPC@1333 MHz at1.35v

LSE.REQ.006 Memory Protection Proposed memory should support identifying itself andauthenticate with the server installed to increase reliabilityof the serverECC

LSE.REQ.007 HDD Bays Up to 8 SFF Hard Drive Bays; Or 4 LFF Hot plug or Non-hot plug Drive Bay

LSE.REQ.008 Optical drive Bay Optical drive Bay Up to two optional optical drive bay toinstall DVD-ROM or DVD-RW or optional external USBDVD drives

LSE.REQ.009 HDD carrier Hard disk drive should support "Do Not Remove" cautionindicator to avoid human errors in replacing failed HDD

LSE.REQ.010 Hard disk driveHot plug 3x300GB 10K RPM

LSE.REQ.011 ControllerPCIe 3.0 based SAS Raid Controller with RAID0/1/1+0/5/5+0 with 512MB battery backed write cache (onboard or in a PCI Express slot). Controller should support512MB flash backed write cache

LSE.REQ.012 Networking features

1Gb 2-port network adaptor with additional dedicatedmanagement port

LSE.REQ.013 Ports USB 2.0 support With 10 (4 front, 4 rear, 1 internal standardUSB and 1 internal USB header)

LSE.REQ.014 Bus Slots Upto 4 PCI-Express 3.0 slots, two x8, one x4 and one x1slots

LSE.REQ.015 Optical drive external USB DVD drives

LSE.REQ.016 Industry StandardCompliance

Should be industry standard compliant


Page 45 of 268

RequirementID


LSE.REQ.017 Security Power-on passwordAdministrator's password

LSE.REQ.018 OS Support Should support major OS and relevant software support

LSE.REQ.019 Power Supply Hot Plug & Redundant Power Supplies

LSE.REQ.020 Fans hot-swappable redundant Fans

LSE.REQ.021 Warranty 3 year warranty. Critical Components like CPU, Memoryand Hard disks to be covered pre-failure / repeated warningmechanism

LSE.REQ.022 Remote Management 1. System remote management should support browserbased Graphical Remote Console; Virtual Power button,Remote boot using USB / CD/ DVD Drive and should becapable to offer upgrade of software and patches from aremote client using Media / image/folder; server powercapping and historical reporting; should have support formultifactor authentication.2. Remote management port should have at least 4GB ofNAND Flash to download the firmware from the websitedirectly or from internal system. Server should supportautomated firmware update.3. Server should support agentless management using theout-of-band remote management port instead of OS andSNMP port on the OS. This will enable zero downtimeupdates4. The server should support Active Health System whichmonitors and records changes in the server hardware andsystem configuration. It assists in diagnosing problems anddelivering rapid resolution when system failures occur.5. Applications to access the server remotely using popularhandheld devices based on Windows, Android, Apple IOSetc. should be available.6. Remote console sharing up to 10 users simultaneouslyduring pre-OS and OS runtime operation, Console replay -Console Replay captures and stores for replay the consolevideo during a server's last major fault or boot sequence.128 bit SSL encryption and Secure Shell Version 2 support.Should provide support for AES and 3DES on browser.Should provide remote firmware update functionality.

LSE.REQ.023 Server Management The Systems Management software should provide Role-based security


Page 46 of 268

1.4.2. Laser Printer

RequirementID


LJN.REQ.001 Print speed, black 30 ppm or moreLJN.REQ.002 Print resolution, black 1200 x 600 x 2 dpi or moreLJN.REQ.003 Print technology LaserLJN.REQ.004 Monthly duty cycle 8000 pages or moreLJN.REQ.005 Memory, standard 32 MB or higherLJN.REQ.006 Print languages,

standardHost-based printing, PCL 5e

LJN.REQ.007 Duplex printing(printing on both sidesof paper)

Automatic (standard)

LJN.REQ.008 Media sizes, standard A3, A4 and legalLJN.REQ.009 Media sizes, custom 250-sheet input tray: 5.8 x 8.27 to 8.5 x 14 in; priority feed

slot: 3 x 5 to 8.5 x 14 in preferableLJN.REQ.010 Network ready Standard (built-in Ethernet)LJN.REQ.011 ENERGY STAR®

QualifiedYes

LJN.REQ.012 Warranty Coverage Comprehensive warranty for 3 years.


Page 47 of 268

1.4.3. Thin Client

RequirementID


DSK.REQ.001 Processor 1 GHz or above AMD/Intel/VIA Mobile processorDSK.REQ.002 RAM 1 GB DDR2/ SDRAMDSK.REQ.003 Flash 1 GB powered IDE FlashDSK.REQ.004 Graphics & Monitor 16 MB graphics shared memory with support for high resolution

monitors up to 1280 x 1024 (monitor not included)DSK.REQ.005 Audio Line in, Line out and Speaker out one each at front and back

DSK.REQ.006 Keyboard Minimum 104 keys keyboard with USB 2.0 or PS2 interfaceDSK.REQ.007 Mouse 2 button Scroll optical mouse with USB 2.0 or PS2 interfaceDSK.REQ.008 Monitor 18.5’’ TFT/wide TFT, TCO-05DSK.REQ.009 Expansion Mini PCI/PCI SlotDSK.REQ.010 Printer support Local and network printers (RDP, ICA) Thin Client Local print

manager

DSK.REQ.011 Networking TCP/IP with DNS and DHCP, 10/100/1000 Base Fast Ethernet

DSK.REQ.012 Protocols Twisted pair (RJ-45), Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP), Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE), Point-to-PointTunnelling Protocol (PPTP), Wake on LAN and PXE.

DSK.REQ.013 I/O Ports 4 USB ports (ver 2.0), 2 PS/2, 1 RJ-45, 1 VGA Connectors, 2High speed serial ports, one centronics parallel port

DSK.REQ.014 Power Supply 100 to 240 VAC, 50 Hz energy-saving automatic Power down.DSK.REQ.015 Terminal Server X RDP and X ICA, X 11R6 and REXEC Protocols

OR equivalant

DSK.REQ.016 Operating System &Management S/W

LINUX (2.6 Kernel) with FIREOX, FLASH PLAYER, Acrobatreader, Enterprise Client Management software with assetmanagement to be able to control all the Thin Client functioninglike re-start, shutdown, shadow, upgrade etc.ORLatest windows software, with IE Browser Enterprise Client orhigher, Media player, Acrobat reader, Enterprise ClientManagement software with asset management to be able tocontrol all the Thin Client functioning like re-start, shutdown,shadow, upgrade etc.ORequivalent

DSK.REQ.017 Additional Features DHCP/FTP enabled flash upgrade, VNC Server and Text pad,Multi user/Single user log on support locally.


Page 48 of 268

RequirementID


DSK.REQ.018 Physical Characteristics Connection cooled fan less design, no moving part.

DSK.REQ.019 Regulatory Compliancefrom Govt. approvedregulatory bodies

EMI/EMC - FCC Class-B, Fire safety, Shock proof and Powerconsumption: - Energy Star


Page 49 of 268

1.4.4. Digital Camera + QR code reader

RequirementID


DGC.REQ.001 Pixels (Min.) 5 megapixels or higher

DGC.REQ.002 Monitor Type LCDDGC.REQ.003 Display Size 2.7 inches or higher

DGC.REQ.004 Recording Format JPEG

DGC.REQ.005 Zoom 4X or higher

DGC.REQ.006 ISO Sensitivity Setting Auto/80/100/200/400/800/1600/High

DGC.REQ.007 Recording Media SD memory card, SDHC memorycard, SDXC memory card

DGC.REQ.008 Auto Focus Range Approx. (W)=3 cm to infinity, (T)=80 cm to infinity

DGC.REQ.009 Self - Timer Yes

DGC.REQ.010 Shooting Modes Auto, Portrait, Landscape, NightSnapshot, Indoor, Low Light, Long Shutter, Movie,Documents

DGC.REQ.011 White Balance Auto/Daylight/Cloudy/Fluorescent/Incandescent/Flash

DGC.REQ.012 Flash Function Auto/Red Eye Reduction/Off

DGC.REQ.013 Other Features Face detection/Noise reduction

DGC.REQ.014 USB Connectivity Yes (Hi - Speed)

DGC.REQ.015 Battery Backup Min. 120 Minutes

QR Code Reader

RequirementID


QCR.REQ.001 Symbol size 21 x 21 - 177 x 177 modules (size grows by 4modules/side)


Page 50 of 268

QR Code Reader

RequirementID


QCR.REQ.002 Type & Amount of Data(Mixed use is possible.)

Numeric Alphanumeric 8-bit bytes

QCR.REQ.003 Error correction (datarestoration)

Approx. 30% of code words can be restored.

QCR.REQ.004 Structured appending Max. 16 symbols (printing in a narrow area etc.)


Page 51 of 268

1.4.5. Scanner/ Photocopy/ Fax/ Multi-Functional Laser Jet Printer

RequirementID


Printer Specifications (please refer section 1.6.6 for the detailed specification of MFP)LJM.REQ.001 Print speed, black 18 ppm or moreLJM.REQ.002 Print resolution, black Up to 600 x 600 dpiLJM.REQ.003 Print technology LaserLJM.REQ.004 Monthly duty cycle 8000 pages or moreLJM.REQ.005 Memory, standard 128 MB or moreLJM.REQ.006 Print languages,


LJM.REQ.007 Duplex printing(printing on both sidesof paper)

Manual (driver support)

LJM.REQ.008 Media sizes, standard A4, LetterLJM.REQ.009 Media sizes, custom 150-sheet input tray: 5.8 x 8.27 to 8.5 x 14 in; priority feed

slot: 3 x 5 to 8.5 x 14 inScanner SpecificationsLJM.REQ.010 Scanner type Flatbed, ADFLJM.REQ.011 Scan resolution,

optical1200 dpi or more

LJM.REQ.012 Scan size 8.5 x 11.7 inLJM.REQ.013 Scan speed 6ppm or aboveLJM.REQ.014 Supported file formats PDF; TIF; BMP; GIF; JPGCopier SpecificationsLJM.REQ.015 Copy resolution 600x 400 dpi or moreFax SpecificationsLJM.REQ.016 Auto redial YesLJM.REQ.017 Fax delayed sending YesOther SpecificationsLJM.REQ.018 Network ready Standard (built-in Ethernet)LJM.REQ.019 ENERGY STAR®

QualifiedYes

LJM.REQ.020 Warranty Coverage Comprehensive warranty for 3 years.

1.4.6. Finger print scanner (Biometric Device to login the system)

RequirementID


Biometric device


Page 52 of 268

RequirementID


FPS.REQ.001 Reading element Optic (Mirror / Lens) based sensor or Capacitor basedFPS.REQ.002 False Acceptance

Rate (FAR)0.1%

FPS.REQ.003 Users Unlimited per readerFPS.REQ.004 Templates 2 templates per userFPS.REQ.005 Verification time 1 – 2 SecondsFPS.REQ.006 Input Card data from finger print reader

FPS.REQ.007 Output Same card data as in the Input in case of validation Nodata in case of no validation

FPS.REQ.008 Network 32 units on one RS 485 type multi drop network with peerto peer communication or using LAN network fortransferring templates enrolled inone unit to the other units on the same network

FPS.REQ.009 PC Connectivity RS 232 communications with PC software forcomprehensive setup & management utilities includingtaking back up oftemplates on a PC


Page 53 of 268

1.4.7. Biometric device for Citizens

RequirementID


Biometric deviceFPS.REQ.001 Reading element Optic (Mirror / Lens) based sensor or Capacitor basedFPS.REQ.002 False Acceptance

Rate (FAR)0.1%

FPS.REQ.003 Users Unlimited per readerFPS.REQ.004 Templates 2 templates per userFPS.REQ.005 Verification time 1 – 2 SecondsFPS.REQ.006 Input Card data from finger print reader

FPS.REQ.007 Output Same card data as in the Input in case of validation Nodata in case of no validation

FPS.REQ.008 Network 32 units on one RS 485 type multi drop network with peerto peer communication or using LAN network fortransferring templates enrolled inone unit to the other units on the same network

FPS.REQ.009 PC Connectivity RS 232 communications with PC software forcomprehensive setup & management utilities includingtaking back up oftemplates on a PC


Page 54 of 268

1.4.8. Token Display System

RequirementID


TDS.REQ.001 Manager Queue in real time

TDS.REQ.002 Option Have a capability to print Seva Kendras/Seva Kendrasadvertisement on token

TDS.REQ.003 notification Audio and Visual notification of called Token

Should capable to display token number with Audio

TDS.REQ.004 Connectivity Able to connect with any CRM application.

TDS.REQ.005 Association Computer based should be capable with associatedisplay board

TDS.REQ.006 General Shall have Software development kit to be used

TDS.REQ.007 General Shall be able to connect with LCD/LED TV


Page 55 of 268

1.4.9. Field Switch (24 Port)

RequirementID


SFO.REQ.001 Network Ports The switch should have minimum 24 x 10/100/1000 Ports with2 One Gigabit Ethernet SFP ports for uplinksUTP RJ-45 ports

SFO.REQ.002 StandardsCompliance

IEEE 802.3 10 Base-T EthernetIEEE 802.3u 100BASE-TX Fast EthernetIEEE/ANSI 802.3 Auto NegotiationIEEE 802.3x Full duplex Flow Control

SFO.REQ.003 Data TransferRates

40 Mbps wire-speed forwarding rate

SFO.REQ.004 Memory Flash memory 128 MB or more and DRAM 512 MB or more

SFO.REQ.005 Max VLANS MAX VLANS 1000 or moreSFO.REQ.006 Maximum

Transmissionunit(MTU)

9000 bytes

SFO.REQ.007 Jumbo frames 900 bytesSFO.REQ.008 Other

FeaturesAuto Smart port,, Auto-negotiation, Dynamic TrunkingProtocol, Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP), TrivialFile Transfer Protocol (TFTP), Network Timing Protocol(NTP),SSH, Port-based ACLs, TACACS+ and RADIUSauthentication, Bridge protocol data unit (BPDU),Rackmountable

SFO.REQ.009 VLAN IEEE 802.1Q VLAN Support – Port based V LANs.

SFO.REQ.009 General Should be EAL 3/ NDPP certified/Gartner leader quadrant. Incase OEM does not have required certification forRouter/Switch, then bidder can offer the model meeting thespecifications from the OEM under latest Gartner’sLeader Quadrant (2015-2016) but in both the cases productshould be NDPP/EAL3 certified.

SFO.REQ.010 General Switch should be IPv6 logo certified and support IPv6 FHS

1.4.10. Patch Cords (2 Mtr)Please refer section 1.1.17 for the specification


Page 56 of 268

1.4.11. Generator (40KVA)


DGS.REQ.001 Capacity Minimum 40 kVADGS.REQ.002 Type Diesel run silent generator with 50 litre tank or

betterDGS.REQ.003 Power Factor 0.8DGS.REQ.004 Engine Engine should support electric auto start, water

cooled, maximum 1500 rpm, 4 stroke multiplecylinders/single and diesel operated confirmingto all applicable BS and IS standards

DGS.REQ.005 Output Frequency 50 HzDGS.REQ.006 Tolerance +/- 5% as defined in BSS-649-1958DGS.REQ.007 Enclosure Acoustic enclosure with provision for a fuel tankDGS.REQ.008 Indicators Over speed /under speed/High water

temperature/low lube oil etc.DGS.REQ.009 Intake system Naturally AspiratedDGS.REQ.010 Certifications ISO 9001/9002, relevant BS and IS standard.


Page 57 of 268

1.4.12. UPS (20 KVA)

RequirementID


UPS.REQ.001 Technology True on line UPS with double conversion technologyRectifier and inverter should be based on IGBT

UPS.REQ.002 Power ratinginput

20000 VA

UPS.REQ.003 Voltage range 160 VAC – 400 VAC @100% load, 110 VAC – 300 VAC@50%load

UPS.REQ.004 Frequency 40/70 HzUPS.REQ.005 Power Factor >=0.95UPS.REQ.006 Output –

Voltage range220/230/240 VAC +/-3%

UPS.REQ.007 Output –VoltageDistortion

<= 3% (Linear load) <= 6% (Non- linear load)

Inverter Overload

UPS.REQ.008 InverterOverload –Transientresponse

Less or equal to 3% for 100% nonlinear load (Battery Mode)

UPS.REQ.009 Battery Type Sealed maintenance free, Valve regulated lead acid

UPS.REQ.010 Battery cellrating

Battery cell of 12V

UPS.REQ.011 Rated Voltage Minimum 180 VDC

UPS.REQ.012 Backup time 60 min 8000 VAH

UPS.REQ.013 protection Inbuilt protection for surge suppression and EMI/ RFI filterprovided as well as the unit shall have surge current capacityof min. 10 KVA with two mode of protection & <0.5 ns responsetime. UPS shall be provided with only externally connectedSPD as per IEEE standard 1100-2500

Environmental and Other

UPS.REQ.014 Audible Noise Less than 64 dB at 1 Mtr

UPS.REQ.015 Operatingtemp &Humidity

20-90% RH @ 0-40 degree Celsius (Non condensing)

UPS.REQ.016 LCD Display UPS status, load level, battery level, Input/output voltage,discharge timer & fault conditions


Page 58 of 268

RequirementID


Management

UPS.REQ.016 SMART RS232

Support multiple platform like Windows, Linux etc.

UPS.REQ.017 SNMP Power management from SNMP manager and web browseroption should be present

UPS.REQ.018 Credentials Manufacturer should be ISO 2001-2000 certified

UPS.REQ.019 Test Report OEM should provide Type Test Certificate (TTC) fromGovernment laboratory/ government Approved Laboratory

1.4.13. FurniturePlease refer Annexure III – Furniture Specification

1.4.14. Public healthPlease refer section 2.1.2 of Annexure II – Public Health

1.4.15. Electrical WorkPlease refer section 2.1.4 of Annexure II – Public Health


Page 59 of 268

1.4.16. Field Router

RequirementID






(64Kbps, 2 Mbps), 3G, Ethernet Interfaces –10/100 Mbps,802.3af, ISDN BRI,




General

1.4.17. WAN optimizerPlease refer section 1.1.19for the requirement specification


Page 60 of 268

1.5. Category B – Sub Registrar Offices

1.5.1. Local Server Entry LevelPlease refer section 1.4.1 for the specification

1.5.2. Thin ClientPlease refer section 1.4.3 for the specification

1.5.3. Multifunctional PrinterPlease refer section 1.4.5 for the specification

1.5.4. Digital Camera + QR code readerPlease refer section 1.4.4 for the specification

1.5.5. Finger print scannerPlease refer section 1.4.6 for the specification

1.5.6. Biometric device for CitizensPlease refer section 1.4.7 for the specification

1.5.7. Token Display SystemPlease refer section 1.4.8 for the specification

1.5.8. Switch (16 Port)

RequirementID










9000 bytes

SFO.REQ.007 Jumbo frames 900 bytes


Page 61 of 268

RequirementID


SFO.REQ.008 OtherFeatures

Auto Smart port,, Auto-negotiation, Dynamic TrunkingProtocol, Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP), TrivialFile Transfer Protocol (TFTP), Network Timing Protocol(NTP),SSH, Port-based ACLs, TACACS+ and RADIUSauthentication, Bridge protocol data unit (BPDU),Rackmountable






Page 62 of 268

1.5.10. UPS (5KVA)

RequirementID


UPS.REQ.001 Technology True on line UPS with double conversion technologyRectifier and inverter should be based on IGBT

UPS.REQ.002 Power ratinginput

5000 VA/ 4000W

UPS.REQ.003 Voltage range 160 VAC – 300 VAC @100% load, 110 VAC – 300 VAC@50%load

UPS.REQ.004 Frequency 40/70 HzUPS.REQ.005 Power Factor >=0.95UPS.REQ.006 Output –

Voltage range220/230/240 VAC +/-3%

UPS.REQ.007 Output –VoltageDistortion

<= 3% (Linear load) <= 6% (Non- linear load)

Inverter Overload

UPS.REQ.008 InverterOverload –Transientresponse

Less or equal to 3% for 100% nonlinear load (Battery Mode)

UPS.REQ.009 Battery Type Sealed maintenance free, Valve regulated lead acid

UPS.REQ.010 Battery cellrating

Battery cell of 12V

UPS.REQ.011 Rated Voltage Minimum 180 VDC

UPS.REQ.012 Backup time 60 min 8000 VAH

UPS.REQ.013 protection Inbuilt protection for surge suppression and EMI/ RFI filterprovided as well as the unit shall have surge current capacityof min. 10 KVA with two mode of protection & <0.5 ns responsetime. UPS shall be provided with only externally connectedSPD as per IEEE standard 1100-2500

Environmental and Other

UPS.REQ.014 Audible Noise Less than 45 dB at 1 Mtr

UPS.REQ.015 Operatingtemp &Humidity

20-90% RH @ 0-40 degree Celsius (Non condensing)

UPS.REQ.016 LCD Display UPS status, load level, battery level, Input/output voltage,discharge timer & fault conditions


Page 63 of 268

RequirementID


Management

UPS.REQ.016 SMART RS232

Support multiple platform like Windows, Linux etc.

UPS.REQ.017 SNMP Power management from SNMP manager and web browseroption should be present

UPS.REQ.018 Credentials Manufacturer should be ISO 2001-2000 certified

UPS.REQ.019 Test Report OEM should provide Type Test Certificate (TTC) fromGovernment laboratory/ government Approved Laboratory


Page 64 of 268








1.5.12. Laser printerPlease refer section 1.4.2 for the specification


1.5.14. Public healthPlease refer section 2.2.2 of Annexure II – Public Health

1.5.15. Electrical WorkPlease refer section 2.2.4 of Annexure II – Public Health

1.5.16. RouterPlease refer section 1.4.16 for specification



Page 65 of 268

1.6. Category C – Sub Registrar Offices

1.6.1. Desktop

RequirementID


DES.REQ.001 Operatingsystem &Software

Supporting OS with licences with required software for wordprocessing, spreadsheet, presentation etc

DES.REQ.002Processor

Intel(R) 4th Gen or higher Intel i5 processor or higher or AMDA8 or higher

DES.REQ.003Memory

4GB memory, Non-ECC dual-channel DDR3 MemoryExpandable to 16 GB DDR3

DES.REQ.004Hard drive

320 Gb or higher SATA Hard Drive

DES.REQ.005Monitor

18.5” LCD

DES.REQ.006USB 2.0:

(minimum 2 in front

DES.REQ.007IntegratedSound Card

Multimedia keyboard with bilingual support

DES.REQ.008 Networkinterface

Integrated 10/100/1000Mbps (Ethernet)

DES.REQ.009 Antivirus andAntimalware

standalone version with years of subscription equivalent totenure of contract

DES.REQ.010 General Minimum 2 free PCI/PCI-X slot for dual monitor

DES.REQ.011 Optical mouse with pad

DES.REQ.012 General The desktop should be equipped with all necessaryaccessories to perform the operations at Seva Kendras duringthe project periodThe desktop should not contain outdated/piratedsoftware/technologies


Page 66 of 268

RequirementID


DES.REQ.013 General The desktop should have all necessary software to performSeva Kendras operations smoothly

DES.REQ.014 General Desktop should be IEEE certified and compatible compliances

DES.REQ.015 General Desktop should be fulfil all compliance of quality ISO9000;90001


Page 67 of 268

1.6.2. Thin ClientPlease refer section 1.4.3 for specification

1.6.3. Digital Camera + QR code readerPlease refer section 1.4.4 for specification

1.6.4. Finger print scannerPlease refer section 1.4.6 for the specification

1.6.5. Biometric device for CitizensPlease refer section 1.4.7 for the specification

1.6.6. Multi-Function Printer

RequirementID


Printer SpecificationsLJM.REQ.001 Print speed, black 18 ppm or moreLJM.REQ.002 Print resolution, black Up to 600 x 600 dpiLJM.REQ.003 Print technology LaserLJM.REQ.004 Monthly duty cycle 8000 pages or moreLJM.REQ.005 Memory, standard 128 MB or moreLJM.REQ.006 Print languages,


LJM.REQ.007 Duplex printing(printing on both sidesof paper)

Manual (driver support)

LJM.REQ.008 Media sizes, standard A4, LetterLJM.REQ.009 Media sizes, custom 150-sheet input tray: 5.8 x 8.27 to 8.5 x 14 in; priority feed

slot: 3 x 5 to 8.5 x 14 inScanner SpecificationsLJM.REQ.010 Scanner type Flatbed, ADFLJM.REQ.011 Scan resolution,

optical1200 dpi or more

LJM.REQ.012 Scan size 8.5 x 11.7 inLJM.REQ.013 Scan speed 5 ppm or aboveLJM.REQ.014 Supported file formats PDF; TIF; BMP; GIF; JPGCopier SpecificationsLJM.REQ.015 Copy resolution 400x 600 dpi or moreFax SpecificationsLJM.REQ.016 Auto redial YesOther SpecificationsLJM.REQ.018 Network ready Standard (built-in Ethernet)LJM.REQ.019 ENERGY STAR®

QualifiedYes


Page 68 of 268

RequirementID


LJM.REQ.020 Warranty Coverage Comprehensive warranty for 3 years.


Page 69 of 268

1.6.7. Switch (8 Port)

RequirementID










9000 bytes

SFO.REQ.007 Jumbo frames 900 bytesSFO.REQ.008 Other

FeaturesAuto Smart port,, Auto-negotiation, Dynamic TrunkingProtocol, Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP), TrivialFile Transfer Protocol (TFTP), Network Timing Protocol(NTP),SSH, Port-based ACLs, TACACS+ and RADIUSauthentication, Bridge protocol data unit (BPDU),Rackmountable






Page 70 of 268








1.6.10. UPS (1KVA)Please refer section 1.7.4 – UPS 1KVA for specification


1.6.12. Public healthPlease refer section 2.3 of Annexure II

1.6.13. Electrical WorkPlease refer section 2.3 of Annexure II


Page 71 of 268

1.6.14. Field Router

RequirementID






(64Kbps, 2 Mbps), 3G, Ethernet Interfaces –10/100 Mbps,802.3af






Page 72 of 268

1.7. Other Offices

Other offices means Circle Revenue Offices adjacent to the SR offices. IA shall provide Thin client, NetworkPrinter, UPS (1 KVA) and Switch (8 port) cum Router.IA shall provision a separate room at SR office for the CRO (Circle Revenue Officer) of the same area (SubRegistrar and Circle Revenue Officer are two different roles assigned to the same officer). Leveraging thesame premise with different workplaces for CRO and SRO, to executing their roles and responsibility, willlead to efficiency and effectiveness in the performance.

1.7.1. Thin ClientPlease refer section 1.4.3 for the specification

1.7.2. Laptop

RequirementID


LAP.REQ.001 Processor Intel Core i5 or higher or AMD equivalentLAP.REQ.002 Speed 3.0 GHz or HigherLAP.REQ.003 Cache 3 MB Smart Cache or moreLAP.REQ.004 System Bus/QPI 2.0 GT/sec or higherLAP.REQ.005 Mother Board Original OEM manufacturedLAP.REQ.006 Memory 4 GB DDR-III RAM (1066 MHz) or higher expandable up to

8GBLAP.REQ.007 Hard disk Drive 500 GB SATA (7200 RPM) or higher capacityLAP.REQ.008 Display 14.0" or above LED Wide Screen DisplayLAP.REQ.009 Resolution 1280 x 768 WXGA or higherLAP.REQ.010 Video Graphics Integrated HD GraphicsLAP.REQ.011 Web Camera Integrated Web CameraLAP.REQ.012 Wireless Connectivity Integrated Wireless 802.11 a/b/g/n, Integrated Bluetooth 2.0

or higherLAP.REQ.013 Optical Drive Integrated 8X or higher DVD WriterLAP.REQ.014 Sound System Integrated Stereo SpeakerLAP.REQ.015 Keyboard Standard Keyboard with TouchpadLAP.REQ.016 Ports Minimum 3 USB Ports 2.0 or higher, 10/100/1000 Ethernet

Card, RGB/S-Video/VGA, HDMI, Microphone, Stereo HeadPhone, Media Card Reader and other Standard Ports

LAP.REQ.017 Battery Backup 6 cell Li-ion battery with re-chargeable pack for around 4 hrs.LAP.REQ.018 Certification Laptop manufactured in ISO 9001:2000, ISO 14001 plant

and DMI, FCC, UL, CE complianceLAP.REQ.019 Weight Less than 3 kgLAP.REQ.020 Carry Case Good quality Carry CaseLAP.REQ.021 Warranty Minimum 3 Years on-site Comprehensive on Laptop and 3

year on battery


Page 73 of 268

1.7.3. Laser PrinterPlease refer section 1.4.2 for the specification

1.7.4. UPS 1 KVA


UP1.REQ.001 Technology True On Line UPS with double conversion technologyUP1.REQ.002 Technology Rectifier and inverter should be based on IGBTLAP.REQ.003 UPS Rating 1000 VA / 800 WLAP.REQ.004 Battery One set of 3 Batteries of 12VLAP.REQ.005 Input Nominal Voltage 230 VAC (Single phase)LAP.REQ.006 Input Voltage Range 160 VAC – 300 VAC @ 100% Load, 110 VAC – 300 VAC

@ 50% LoadLAP.REQ.007 Input Frequency 40 - 70 HzLAP.REQ.008 Power Factor ≥ 0.95LAP.REQ.009 Voltage Range 230VAC ±3%

(However UPS should have option of changing to 220V/230V/240 V)

LAP.REQ.010 Voltage Distortion ≤ 3% (Linear Load)≤ 6% (non Linear Load)

LAP.REQ.011 Frequency 50 Hz ± 2.5HzLAP.REQ.012 Power Factor ≥0.8

LAP.REQ.013 Crest Factor 03:01LAP.REQ.014 Transient Response Less or equal to 3% for 100% nonlinear load (Battery

mode)LAP.REQ.015 Type Sealed Maintenance Free,LAP.REQ.016 Backup Time 60 min 1512 VAHLAP.REQ.017 Protection Inbuilt protection for surge suppression and EMI/RFI filter

provided as well as The unit shall have Surge CurrentCapacity of min. 10kA with two mode of protection &<0.5ns Response time. UPS shall be provided with onlyexternally connected SPD as per IEEE Standard 1100-2005

LAP.REQ.018 Audible Noise Less than 45dB at 1 meter

LAP.REQ.019 Operating temp &Humidity

20 – 90% RH @ 0 – 40°C (non- condensing)

LAP.REQ.020 LCD Display UPS Status, Load level, Battery level, Input / Outputvoltage, Discharge Timer & Fault conditions


Page 74 of 268


LAP.REQ.021 SMART RS 232 Supports Windows, Novell, Linux and FreeBSD"Provision of RS 232 Port x1 no’s " etc.

LAP.REQ.022 SNMP Power Management from SNMP manager and webbrowser option should be present

LAP.REQ.023 Power Outlet Should have programmable power management outletfor independent control of load segment.

LAP.REQ.024 ECO Mode Should be capable of operating in ECO mode for energysaving.

LAP.REQ.025 Credentials Manufacturer Should be ISO 9001:2000 certifiedManufacturer Should be ISO 14001 certifiedProvide Type Test Certificate (TTC) from Governmentlaboratory/ Government Approved laboratory


Page 75 of 268

1.7.5. Router-cum-Switch

RequirementID


UP1.REQ.001 No. of ports 4 portsUP1.REQ.002 Ethernet Port Modular router should have 2X10/100/1000 for WAN

connectivity and 4X10X100X1000 for user connectivity withinterface slot

LAP.REQ.003 Performance 120 Kpps,512 MB flash , 512 RAMLAP.REQ.004 Routing IPV4 and IPV6 routing, OSPFv2/v3, BDP, BFD, policy based

routing, PIM-SSM/SM and MPLS with all licences requiredLAP.REQ.005 Wireless uplink Internal card should support both HSPA/E-VDO high speed

technologies wit fall back to edge/GPRSLAP.REQ.006 Security features Inbuilt Stateful firewall, IPSec with IKEv2 and AES-

128/192/256 encryption, Suit-B crypto, Router shouldsupport URL filtering for securing a remote site

LAP.REQ.007 Management Telnet, Console, port, SNMP, WebLAP.REQ.008 General Should be EAL 3/ NDPP certified/Gartner leader quadrant. In

case OEM does not have required certification forRouter/Switch, then bidder can offer the model meeting thespecifications from the OEM under latest Gartner’sLeader Quadrant (2015-2016) but in both the cases productshould be NDPP/EAL3 certified.


Page 76 of 268

2. Annexure II-Civil Specification

2.1 FRS for Category A

2.1.1 Civil Works

S.No. Description1 Providing & fixing 12"x12" Ceramic tiles of Nitco Jaipur collection / Equivalent on walls of

toilets up to height of 7'-0" from finished floor level. With Approved adhesive & water-proofgrout, complete in all respects as per design & specification of the architect & engineer incharge.

2 Providing and fixing powder coated aluminium work in full height partitions with extrudedbuilt up standard tubular and other sections of approved make conforming to IS 733 andIS 1285 anodized transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS 1868 (Mediumanodic coating of grade AC 15) expansion hold fasteners including necessary filling upof gaps at junction's at top bottom and sides with required PVC/ neoprene felt etc.,Aluminium sections shall be smooth rust free straight, mitred and jointed mechanically.Aluminium swap beading for glazing/ panelling C.P brass/ stainless, steel screws,including providing and fixing hinges pivots aluminium joinery fitting and lock & providingincluding aluminium snap beading up to any storey complete in all respects as perapproved drawings and design to the entire satisfaction of engineer in charge. The lowerportions of the partitions up to 3'-0" ht. shall have 12mm waterproof ply finished on bothsides with 1mm laminate finish and toughened glass of 8mm thickness above it as perdrawings. The rate includes both fixed and openable glazing as per design as approvedby the Engineer in charge

3 Providing and fixing600mmx600mmx9.5mm thick full body homogeneous vitrified tiles inflooring and skirting of make /shade as approved by Architect on 12mm thick cement sandmortar 1:4 at any floor including grouting the joints with white cement and matchingpigment etc. complete in all respect to the entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge.

4 Painting two coats with ready mixed plastic emulsion paint in all shades for interior use onplastered surface up to any storey including finishing the surface to the required finishcomplete in all respects to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge.

5 Painting Weather Shield MAX exterior emulsion paint with sun reflect technology ( 3Coats),which shall protect exterior walls from patches of dampness in addition to algae and fungusformation caused by rain. Its unique water resistance technology shall cover hairlinecracks and prevent water ingress, preventing dampness not only in the exteriors, but alsothe interiors of the house. And one priming coat with ready mixed special quality exteriorpaint in all shades on newly plastered or concrete surface including Preparation of surfacewith sand papering applying one coat of linseed oil and filling with approved quality fillerconsisting of white lead linseed oil varnish and chalk Mitti up to any storey includingfinishing surface to the required finish complete in all respects to the entire satisfaction ofEngineer-in-charge


Page 77 of 268

S.No. Description6 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitions

etc. with PVC/ neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and thedirections of engineer-in charge. (Cost of aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basicitem): 5.5 mm thick toughened glass

7 Miscellaneous civil works including brick work/ plaster/ minor RCC works.8 False Ceiling: - Providing and fixing of Soft Fibre Square edge 15mm Textured both side

encapsulated (No Soft fibres should be exposed on any side of Tile) for Ceiling of size595x595x15 mm is to be installed on framework of Skelet. Which will comprise of NRC0.94 base panels with humidity resistance of 90% RH and light reflectance up to 85% withLed points Green Performance certified. Soft Fibres tile 15mm for Ceiling tile meet thestringent fire test required having Class ‘A’ rating for Flame Ignitability test as per ASTM-E-84, with complete framework.

9 IA shall establish counters & IT infrastructure in the SR offices as per category A. Pleaserefer section 1.4 for Indicative counters & IT infrastructure.


Page 78 of 268

2.1.2 Public HealthPublic Health

S.No. Description

I Sanitary Fixtures1. Providing and fixing white vitreous china wall hung European type water closet with C.P.

bolts, nuts, C.I. chair or other hanging arrangement, with low level dual - flushing cistern withinternal fittings, white solid plastic seat and cover with lid, C.P. brass hinged, rubber buffers,with accessories, C.I / M.S. brackets painted with two coats of enamel paint of approvedshade over a coat of primer, C.P. brass screws and wooden cleats, including cutting andmaking good the walls and floors wherever required.

2. Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back large urinal with C.I. Hangers, automaticsensotronic sensor flushing valve, with bottle trap, and connection pipe to wall with C.P.Flange, complete including cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required.

3. Providing and fixing white vitreous china urinal partition of 690x325x110mm app. size, fixedwith expandable anchor fasteners with C.P. brass bolts and washers, embedded in wall withanchor and set in cement concrete complete including cutting and making good the wallswherever required.

4. Providing and fixing white vitreous china oval wash basin of 540x460mm size for undercounter mounting, specially fabricated brackets, painted white, 32mm C.P. waste andconnection pipe to wall with C.P. wall flange and rubber adopter for waste connection,complete including cutting and making good the walls, wherever required.

5. Providing and fixing 32 mm dia CP brass self-cleaning bottle trap with inlet (vertical pipe)140-190 mm and out let horizontal pipe 175 mm complete in all respect.

6. Providing, Fixing, testing and commissioning of basin mixer for wash basins complete in allrespects.

7. Providing and fixing 15mm C.P brass bib tap with C.P brass threaded flange complete,including cutting and making good the walls wherever required.

8. Providing and fixing CP Jet with Tube 1.0 meter long complete in all respect.9. Providing and fixing 15mm C.P. brass angle valve with C.P copper connecting pipe 375mm

long and nuts, washer with C.P. brass flange complete, including cutting and making goodthe walls, wherever required.

10. Providing and fixing ABS body 0.5litre liquid soap dispenser with simple push lever fitted withliquid soap (one time) including cutting and making good the walls, wherever required.

11. Providing and fixing C.P cast brass twin coat hook fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brassscrews.

12. Providing and fixing C.P brass air purifier container, fixed to wooden cleats with C.P brassscrews, complete including cutting and making good the walls wherever required

13. Providing and fixing C.P brass toilet paper holder with roller complete, including cutting andmaking good the walls wherever required

14. Providing and fixing C.P brass towel rail of size 610mm long and 20mm dia, complete withC.P brass brackets fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brass screws.


Page 79 of 268

Public Health

S.No. Description15. Providing and fixing C.P. Brass towel ring fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. Brass screws

including cutting and making good the walls wherever required.16. Providing and Fixing straight / offset type flexible single body push fit type WC pan connector

with integral single mould sealing fins made of flexible EVA body to be fixed with manufacturesupplied grease, including rubber bush / adaptor for use with PVC pipe as supplied with thepan connector.

17. Providing and fixing Heavy class SS grating with Cockroach proof SS strainer of approveddesign including setting in floor with cement motor to match with floor finish as per architectrequirement suitable for waster F.D. & F.T.

II Soil, Waste and Vent Pipes1

Providing, fixing, jointing, testing and commissioning spun / centric CI pipe for soil, waste,& vent pipes installation conforming to IS: 3989 cut to required lengths including allnecessary fittings and specials such as Bends, junctions, offsets, access pieces (plain ordoor) & vent cowl. Fixing at wall/ceiling level supported by galvanized steel clamps & hangersetc. Making proper connection with drip seal joint of required depth as per BIS / manufacturer.Cutting, chases / holes in floors / walls / slab, excavation, refilling watering, disposal ofsurplus earth, making connection to manholes, making the walls and floors good.

a) 150 mmb) 100 mmc) 70 mm2 Providing, fixing & testing PVC pipes, conforming to IS 4985 class 3 (6 kg/cm2) including

injection moulded fittings, jointing with solvent cement, cutting and making good the floorsand walls complete in all respect. For rain water

a) 110 mm ODb) 150 mm OD3 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes conforming to IS:1239 (Medium class) including all fittings,

testing, cutting holes or chases and making good where requireda) a) 32 mm dia

b) 40 mm dia

c) 50 mm dia

4 Providing and fixing G.I. Inlet fitting with maximum 3 inlets 32, 40 0r 50 mm size fabricatedfrom 100 mm dia G.I. Pipes (Heavy class)and welded G.I. Sockets, fixed to C.I. Trap withlead caulked joint and set in cement concrete as per standard drawing complete

5 Painting G.I. Pipes with two coats of bitumastic paint, wrapping with one layer of polythenetape and applying a final coat of bitumastic paint [for pipes in chase or under floor]

a) 32 mm dia

b) 40 mm dia


Page 80 of 268

Public Health

S.No. Descriptionc) 50 mm dia

6 Providing and fixing HCI trap of self-cleansing design with or without vent arm, setting incement concrete 1:2:4 mix complete including cost of cutting and making good the walls andfloors where requireda) 100 mm inlet and 100 mm outlet

7Providing and laying cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement:2 coarse sand: 4 graded stoneaggregate 20 mm and down gauge) 75 mm in bed and all round CI/PVC pipes up to 200 mmdia

8Painting C.I. Soil, waste and vent Pipes and fittings with paint of any colour as chocolate,grey or buff etc. over a coat of primer (of approved quality) for new worka) 75 mm dia

b) 100 mm dia

c) 150 mm dia

10Providing and fixing cast bronze cleanout plug with three brass screws, male threaded jointwith G.I socket caulked to HCI pipe including cost of jointing.

III WATER SUPPLY

1 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes (IS:1239 Heavy class) complete with G.I. Fittings, unions,flanges and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. complete (Internal work)

a) 15 mm nominal bore

b) 20 mm nominal bore

c) 25 mm nominal bore

d) 32 mm nominal bore

e) 40 mm nominal bore

f) 50 mm nominal bore

g) 65 mm nominal bore

h) 80 mm nominal bore

I) 100 mm nominal bore

j) 150 mm nominal bore

2 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes (IS:1239 Heavy class) complete with G.I. Fittings includinganticorrosive treatment to buried pipes by wrapping with 4 mm thick multi-layer bitumasticmembrane applied over a coat of primer, necessary excavation and refilling complete.(external works)a) 15 mm nominal bore


3 Providing and fixing insulation to hot water piping with 25 mm thick resin bonded mineralwool preformed pipe sections over approved primer and sealing with 24 gauge aluminium


Page 81 of 268

Public Health

S.No. Descriptioncladding in an approved manner in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications andthe direction of engineer-in-charge

a) 15mm

b) 20 mm

c) 25 mm

4 Providing and fixing bronze ball valve with screwed female/flanged ends with stainless steelvalve and spindle, glass filed Teflon seating and gland packing, quarter turn lever operatefull bore design, hydraulically tested to 20 kg/sq cm.a) 15 mm nominal bore






5 Providing and fixing cast iron flanged wafer type butterfly Valve with quarter turn operationcomplete in all respects confirming to IS: 13095 PN16.a) 65 mm nominal bore



6 Painting G.I. Pipes with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved quality andshade as directed by the Engineer-in-charge applied over an etching primer coating ofapproved qualitya) 15 mm nominal bore







Page 82 of 268

2.1.3 Furniture

Sr. No. Item / DescriptionItem No (Please referAnnexure III – FurnitureSpecification)

1 Green Workstation Chair Item 1.1

2 Green High Back Revolving Chair Item 1.2

3 Green & Ergonomic visitor Chair Item 1.3

4 Three Seater Steel bench with arms Antibacterial coating Item 1.4

5 Three seater lounge sofa Item 1.5

6 Two Seater Lounge Sofa Item 1.6

7 Centre Table Item 1.7

8 Corner Table Item 1.8

9 Individual Storages of Height 1167mm Item 1.9

10 Green Workstations for Back Office (set of 11) Item 1.10

11 Operator Stations Cubicle (set of 4) Item 1.11

12 Reception / Token counters (set of 4) Item 1.12

13 Green Registrar table Item 1.13

14 Green Delivery Counters Item 1.14

15 Scanning counter Item 1.15

16 Fees Verification counter


Page 83 of 268

2.1.4 ElectricalElectrical

# DescriptionW I R I N G

· Point wiring in steel conduit, with modular type switch. Wiring for light point / fan point / exhaustfan point / call bell point / with 1.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cablein surface / recessed STEEL conduit, with modular switch, modular plate, suitable GI box andEarthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor single core cable etc. asrequired.Group C

· Wiring for circuit / sub main wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FR PVCinsulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface / recessed steel conduit as required.

2 x 1.5 Sq.mm.+ 1x 1.5 Sq.mm earth wire2 x 2.5 Sq.mm.+ 1 x 2.5 Sq.mm earth wire2x4.0 Sq.mm. + 1 x 4.0 Sq.mm earth wire4 X 6 sq. mm + 2 X 6 sq. mm earth wire4 X 16 sq. mm + 2 X 16 sq. mm earth wire

· Supplying and drawing following sizes of FR PVC insulated copper conductor, single core cablein the existing surface / recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.1X1.5 Sq. mm2X1.5 Sq. mm3X1.5 Sq. mm5X1.5 Sq. mm2X2.5 Sq. mm3X2.5 Sq. mm2X4.0 Sq. mm3X4.0 Sq. mm

· Supplying and drawing following pair 0.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated annealed copper conductor,unarmoured telephone cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.

2 Pair· Supplying and drawing co-axial TV cable RG-6 grade, 0.7 mm solid copper conductor PE

insulated, shielded with fine tinned copper braid and protected with PVC sheath in the existingsurface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.

Supply & fixing of following size welded conduit pipe along with accessories in surface / recessincluding painting in case of surface conduit cutting the wall and making good the same in caseof recessed conduit as required.20 mm dia25 mm dia32 mm dia40mm dia


Page 84 of 268

Electrical

# Description· Supplying and fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit along with accessories in

surface/recess including cutting the wall and making good the same in case of recessed conduitas required.20 mm25 mm

· Supplying and fixing metal box of following sizes (nominal size) on surface or in recess withsuitable size of phenolic laminated sheet cover in front including painting etc. as required.200 mm X 150 mm X 60 mm deep

· S&E of following modular switch / socket on existing modular plate and switch box includingconnections but excluding modular plates etc. as required

5/6 Amp switch15/16 Amp switch3 pin 5/6 Amp socket outlet6 pin 15/16 amp socket outletTelephone socket outletTV antenna socket outletBell push

· Supply, testing and commissioning of RJ-45 Data 1 module socket outlet point without flushmount modular box & sheet.

· Supplying and fixing stepped type electronic fan regulator on the existing modular plate switchbox including connections but excluding modular plate etc. as required.

· Supplying and fixing modular blanking plate on the existing modular plate & switch boxexcluding modular plate as required.

· Supply and fixing of following size / modules GI box along with modular base & cover plate formodular switches in recess etc. as required

1 or 2 Module (75mmX75mm)3 Module (100mmX75mm)4 Module (125mmX75mm)6 Module (200mmX75mm)8 Module (125mmX125mm)12 Module (200mmX150mm)

· Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxes etc.as required.1 or 2 Module3 Module4 Module6 Module8 Module12 Module


Page 85 of 268

Electrical

# Description· Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface or in

recess, including providing and fixing 3 pin 5/6 amps modular socket outlet and 5/6 ampsmodular switch, connection etc. as required. (For light plugs to be used in non-residentialbuildings).

· Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface or inrecess, including providing and fixing 6 pin 5/6 & 15/16 amps modular socket outlet and 15/16amps modular switch, connection etc. as required.

· Supplying and fixing 3 pin, 5 amp ceiling rose on the existing junction box/ wooden blockincluding connection etc. as required.

· Supplying and fixing brass batten/ angle holder including connection etc. as required.

· Supplying and fixing call bell/ buzzer suitable for single phase, 230 volts, complete as required.

· Providing and fixing plain 16/0.20mm (0.50sqmm) twin flat flexible, FRLS PVC insulated, coppercable, in PVC sleeve of suitable size on the floor/ wall, or side of the table/ door etc. as required.

· Providing and fixing plain 16/0.20mm (0.50sqmm) twin circularflexible FRLS PVC insulated, PVC sheathed copper cable directon the wall with PVC clips etc. as required.

· Installation, testing and commissioning of pre-wired, fluorescent fitting / compact fluorescentfitting of all types, complete with all accessories and tube etc. directly on ceiling/ wall, includingconnection with 1.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor, single core cable andEarthing etc. as required.

· Installation, testing and commissioning of ceiling fan, including wiring the down rods of standardlength (up to 30 cm) with 1.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor, single core cable,including providing and fixing phenolic laminated sheet cover on the fan box etc. as required.

· Installation of exhaust fan in the existing opening, including making good the damage,connection, testing, commissioning etc. as required.

Up to 450 mm sweep Extra for fixing the louvers/ shutters complete with frame for an exhaust fan of all sizes.· Supplying and drawing of UTP 4 pair CAT 6 LAN Cable in the existing surface / recessed steel

/ PVC conduit as requiredMCCB, MCB & DB’S

· Providing and fixing following rating and breaking capacity MCCB in existing cubicle panelboard including drilling holes in cubicle panel, making connections, etc. as required.

125 Amp, 16 KA


Page 86 of 268

Electrical

# Description· Supplying and fixing following way prewired SP&N MCB distribution board of steel sheet for

240 volts on surface/ recess complete with loose wire box, terminal connectors for all incomingand outgoing circuits, duly prewired with suitable size FR PVC insulated copper conductor upto terminal blocks, tinned copper bus bar, neutral link, earth bar, din bar, detachable gland plate,interconnections, powder painted including Earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/ RCCB/Isolator)

2 + 12 way, Double door· Supplying and fixing following way prewired TP&N MCB distribution board of steel sheet for 415

volts on surface/ recess complete with loose wire box, terminal connectors for all incoming andoutgoing circuits, duly prewired with suitable size FR PVC insulated copper conductor up toterminal blocks, tinned copper bus bar, neutral link, earth bar, din bar, detachable gland plate,interconnections, powder painted including Earthing etc. as required.(But without MCB/ RCCB/Isolator)

4 way (4 + 12), Double door8 way (4 + 24), Double doorSupplying and fixing following way prewired vertical type TP&N MCB distribution board of steelsheet for 415 volts on surface/ recess complete with loose wire box of sheet steel, dustprotected, duly powder painted, inclusive of 200 amps tinned copper bus bar, common neutrallink, earth bar, din bar for mounting MCB's, terminal connectors for all incoming and outgoingcircuits, duly prewired with adequate size of FR PVC insulated copper conductor up to theterminal connector/ neutral link, Earthing etc. as required (But without MCB/ RCCB/ Isolator).(Note: Prewired vertical type MCB TPDB is normally used where 3 phase outlets are required.)

8 way Double door· Supplying and fixing 5 amps to 32 amps rating, 240/415 volts, "C" curve, miniature circuit

breaker suitable for inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete withconnections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

SINGLE POLEDOUBLE POLETRIPLE POLE

· Supplying and fixing single pole blanking plate in the existing MCB DB complete etc. asrequired.

· Supplying and fixing following rating, four pole, (three phase and neutral), 415 volts, residualcurrent circuit breaker (RCCB), having a sensitivity current up to 300 milliamperes in the existingMCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

63AMP


Page 87 of 268

Electrical

# Description· Supplying and fixing 20 amps, 240 volts, SPN industrial type, socket outlet, with 2 pole and

earth, metal enclosed plug top along with 20 amps "C" curve, SP, MCB, in sheet steel enclosure,on surface or in recess, with chained metal cover for the socket out let and complete withconnections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

· Providing and fixing M.V. danger notice plate of 200 mm X 150 mm, made of mild steel, at least2 mm thick, and vitreous enamelled white on both sides, and with inscription in single red colouron front side as required.

CABLE TRAYS· Supplying and installing following size of perforated pre-painted M.S. cable tray with perforation

not more than 17.5% in convenient sections, jointed with connectors, suspended from theceiling with M.S. suspenders including bolt & nits, painting suspenders etc. as required.

MS perforated cable tray size 150mm x 50mm x 1.6mm thickness.


E A R T H I N G· Earthing with G.I. earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 6 mm thick including accessories, and

providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe of2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as required.

· Earthing with copper earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 3 mm thick including accessories, andproviding masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipe of2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as required.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip in 40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrodeincluding connection with brass nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re-filling etc. asrequired.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. asrequired.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip in 40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrodeincluding connection with G.I. nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re-filling etc. as required.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. asrequired.

· Providing and fixing 6 SWG dia G.I. wire on surface or in recess for loop Earthing as required.MV CABLES LAYING & TERMINATION

· Laying and fixing of one number PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE power cable of 1.1KV grade of following size on cable tray as required.

· Above 35 sq. mm and up to 95 sq. mm (clamped with 25x3mm MS flat clamp)

· Supplying and making end termination with brass compression gland and aluminium lugs forfollowing size of PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE aluminium conductor cable of 1.1KV grade as required.


Page 88 of 268

Electrical

# Description3½ X 70 sq. mm (38mm)

SUPPLY OF CABLES & FIXTURES· Supply of XLPE insulated PVC sheathed (Heavy duty) armoured electric cable with aluminium

conductor for working voltage of 1100 volts confirming to IS: 7098 (Part- I).

3½ X 70 sq. mm· Supply of surface mounted LED Down lighter 6 W Constant current & constant voltage LED

driver with THD <18% & power factor of min 0.9.working voltage range should from 90-260VAC. Complete in all respect. For Front Entry & Other Decoration purpose.

· Supply of Recessed mounted LED Down lighter 13W - 15 W with lumen output not less than1000 lumens, Constant current & constant voltage LED driver with THD <18% & power factorof min 0.9.working voltage range should from 90-260V AC. Complete in all respect. For MainLobby & Seminar Room.

· Supply of surface mounting CRCA box type luminaries with electronic ballast having THD lessthan 10%,P.F.not less than 0.97 suitable for 1X28watt T5 lamps complete with all accessoriesand 1 no. 28 watt T5 lamp all necessary connection etc. as required at site For Basement &Toilets

· Supply of recessed mounted 2'X2' LED panel luminaries 33W with lumen output not less than2000 lumens, Constant current & constant voltage LED driver with THD <18% & power factorof min 0.9, working voltage range should from 150-270V AC. Complete in all respect. ForSeminar Room.

Supply of Bulkhead Luminaire 9W CFL with Lamp Complete in all respect.

Supply of A.C. CEILING FAN 48" (1200MM) SWEEP.

Supply of Exhaust FAN , Single phase, 1400 RPM (380MM) SWEEP

Fire Alarm System· Supply & Installation Testing, commissioning of 1loop (each loop 125 detectors / 125 devices)

wall recess / surface mounting microprocessor based expendable up to 2 loop AnalogAddressable Main Fire Alarm Panel , Large LCD display minimum 48 Characters Fully networkable, 4 access levels. 1000 events historical logging / flash EPROM , 240 Volts AC PowerSupply, automatic battery charger, 24 volts sealed lead acid battery suitable for 24 hour normalworking and capable of operating the system for 30 minute in emergency condition. Shallintegrate detectors, Control Relay modules, Monitor Module etc. devices complete in all respectas required


Page 89 of 268

Electrical

# Description· Supply & Installation Testing, commissioning of plug in type intelligent photo electric

addressable analog smoke detectors having inbuilt fault locator including cost of base plate ,outlet box for fixing of detector base where required , mounting accessories etc. complete asrequired

· Supply & Installation Testing, commissioning of dust and vermin protected Addressable ManualCall Point with Reset Lock to initiate the audio alarm system complete as required

· Supply & Installation Testing, commissioning of addressable wall / ceiling mounting hooter(sound output of minimum 90 dB cum strobe strength of light 110 cd) & suitable to PA systemalso complete as required

· Supply of Providing and fixing of Photo luminescent Signage, non-radioactive, maintenancefree self-glowing, consisting of zinc sulphide chargeable crystals which glows in dark. Signagemade up on 1mm thick aluminium sheet, weather proof and screen printed, with U/V stabilisedcoating, job complete with mounting arrangement on wall with glass screws or to be hangedusing suitable rust proof chains as per site requirement. The colour combination and size ofletters shall be as per I.S. 12349 amended up to date. The Signage to be of following sizes:

Supply of Photo Luminescent Signage of size: 14" x 6"P.A. & C.C.T.V. SYSTEM

· The Voice Alarm Controller Having audio and control data transmission, inbuilt memory fordigital message recording and broadcast & announcement

· Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of network router for connection to the maincontroller and addition of up to six zones and connectivity to call-stations complete as requiredas per technical specifications.

· Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Main Voice Alarm Call Stations of control roomwith High Quality goose neck Condenser Microphone along with 8 button keypad

· Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of voice alarm call station Keypad

· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 480 W Booster Amplifier for RMS poweroutput 70V/ 100V and 8 OHM output 100 V input for slave operation on 100 volts speaker linesalso having temperature control in built fan for high reliability with sensitivity/ level controlcomplete as required with Digital interface to central network controller with following features :480W Amplifier.

· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 6W ceiling speakers with built in LMT suitablefor both music and speech complete as required.

· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Volume Modular Controller


Page 90 of 268

Electrical

# Description· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Back Ground Music Source (BGM) with CD/

MP3 player, wireless remote control as required.

· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of indoor type day/night colour Vandal Domecamera with auto iris verifocal lenses 600 TVL high resolution & above , 1/3-inch imager colourIR camera with verifocal auto-iris lens (2.8.-10mm) including Connectors, Lens, Power Supplyand all ancillary equipment required for the proper function of the camera.

· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 16 channel real time( No PC required ), 440fps, standalone Digital Video Recorder (DVR) with 1000 GB HDD & DVD W with USB port.

· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 21” HDMI port LED Monitor including allaccessories for CCTV system.

· Supply, Erection, testing & commissioning of 6 KVA UPS system Online (1 phase I/p & 1 phaseo/p ) Double conversion with inbuilt Isolation Transformer , Battery bank for 30 minutes backup with all battery interconnections. All batteries should be placed on a suitable rack made outof suitable size of MS angle / MS strip. Complete in all respect as per detailed specifications.


Page 91 of 268

2.2 Category B

2.2.1 Civil WorkS.No. Description1 Providing & fixing 12"x12" Ceramic tiles of Nitco Jaipur collection / Equivalent on walls of

toilets up to height of 7'-0" from finished floor level. With Approved adhesive & water-proof grout, complete in all respects as per design & specification of the architect &engineer in charge.

2 Providing and fixing powder coated aluminium work in full height partitions with extrudedbuilt up standard tubular and other sections of approved make conforming to IS 733 andIS 1285 anodized transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS 1868 (Mediumanodic coating of grade AC 15) expansion hold fasteners including necessary filling upof gaps at junction's at top bottom and sides with required PVC/ neoprene felt etc.,Aluminium sections shall be smooth rust free straight, mitered and jointedmechanically. Aluminium swap beading for glazing/ panelling C.P brass/ stainless, steelscrews, including providing and fixing hinges pivots aluminium joinery fitting and lock &providing including aluminium snap beading up to any storey complete in all respects asper approved drawings and design to the entire satisfaction of engineer in charge. Thelower portions of the partitions up to 3'-0" ht. shall have 12mm waterproof ply finished onboth sides with 1mm laminate finish and toughened glass of 8mm thickness above it asper drawings. The rate includes both fixed and operable glazing as per design asapproved by the Engineer in charge

3 Providing and fixing600mmx600mmx9.5mm thick full body homogeneous vitrified tilesin flooring and skirting of make /shade as approved by Architect on 12mm thick cementsand mortar 1:4 at any floor including grouting the joints with white cement and matchingpigment etc. complete in all respect to the entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge.

4 Painting two coats with ready mixed plastic emulsion paint in all shades for interior useon plastered surface up to any storey including finishing the surface to the required finishcomplete in all respects to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge.

5 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitionsetc. with PVC/ neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and thedirections of engineer-in charge. (Cost of aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basicitem): 5.5 mm thick toughened glass

6 Miscellaneous civil works including brick work/ plaster/ minor RCC works.


Page 92 of 268

S.No. Description7 False Ceiling: - Providing and fixing of Soft Fibre Square edge 15mm Textured both side

encapsulated (No Soft fibres should be exposed on any side of Tile) for Ceiling of size595x595x15 mm is to be installed on framework of Skelet. This will comprise of NRC0.94 base panels with humidity resistance of 90% RH and light reflectance up to 85%with Led points Green Performance certified. Soft Fibres tile 15mm for Ceiling tile meetthe stringent fire test required having Class ‘A’ rating for Flame Ignitability test as perASTM-E-84, with complete framework.

8 IA shall establish counters & IT infrastructure in the SR offices as Category B. Pleaserefer section 1.4 for Indicative counters & IT infrastructure.

2.2.2 Public Health

Public Health

S.No. Description

I Sanitary Fixtures1 Providing and fixing white vitreous china wall hung European type water closet with C.P. bolts,

nuts, C.I. chair or other hanging arrangement, with low level dual - flushing cistern with internalfittings, white solid plastic seat and cover with lid, C.P. brass hinged, rubber buffers, withaccessories, C.I/M.S. brackets painted with two coats of enamel paint of approved shade overa coat of primer, C.P. brass screws and wooden cleats, including cutting and making good thewalls and floors wherever required.

2 Providing and fixing white vitreous china flat back large urinal with C.I. Hangers, automaticsensotronic sensor flushing valve, with bottle trap, and connection pipe to wall with C.P.Flange, complete including cutting and making good the walls and floors wherever required.

3 Providing and fixing white vitreous china oval wash basin of 540x460mm size for undercounter mounting, specially fabricated brackets, painted white, 32mm C.P.waste andconnection pipe to wall with C.P. wall flange and rubber adopter for waste connection,complete including cutting and making good the walls, wherever required.

4 Providing and fixing 32 mm dia CP brass self-cleaning bottle trap with inlet (vertical pipe) 140-190 mm and out let horizontal pipe 175 mm complete in all respect.

5 Providing, Fixing, testing and commissioning of basin mixer for wash basins complete in allrespects.

6 Providing and fixing 15mm C.P brass bib tap with C.P brass threaded flange complete,including cutting and making good the walls wherever required.

a) Long body

7 Providing and fixing CP Jet with Tube 1.0 meter long complete in all respect.


Page 93 of 268

Public Health

S.No. Description8 Providing and fixing 15mm C.P.brass angle valve with C.P copper connecting pipe 375mm

long and nuts, washer with C.P. brass flange complete, including cutting and making good thewalls, wherever required.

9 Providing and fixing ABS body 0.5litre liquid soap dispenser with simple push lever fitted withliquid soap (one time) including cutting and making well the walls, wherever required.

10 Providing and fixing C.P cast brass twin coat hook fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brassscrews.

11 Providing and fixing C.P brass air purifier container, fixed to wooden cleats with C.P brassscrews, complete including cutting and making good the walls wherever required

12 Providing and fixing C.P brass toilet paper holder with roller complete, including cutting andmaking good the walls wherever required

13 Providing and fixing C.P brass towel rail of size 610mm long and 20mm dia, complete withC.P brass brackets fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. brass screws.

14 Providing and fixing C.P. Brass towel ring fixed to wooden cleats with C.P. Brass screwsincluding cutting and making good the walls wherever required.

15 Providing and Fixing straight / offset type flexible single body push fit type WC pan connectorwith integral single mould sealing fins made of flexible EVA body to be fixed with manufacturesupplied grease, including rubber bush / adaptor for use with PVC pipe as supplied with thepan connector.

16 Providing and fixing Heavy class SS grating with Cockroach proof SS strainer of approveddesign including setting in floor with cement motor to match with floor finish as per architectrequirement suitable for waster F.D. & F.T.

II Soil, Waste and Vent Pipes1

Providing, fixing, jointing, testing and commissioning spun / centric CI pipe for soil, waste,& vent pipes installation conforming to IS: 3989 cut to required lengths including allnecessary fittings and specials such as Bends, junctions, offsets, access pieces (plain or door)& vent cowl. Fixing at wall/ceiling level supported by galvanized steel clamps & hangers etc.Making proper connection with drip seal joint of required depth as per BIS / manufacturer.Cutting, chases / holes in floors / walls / slab, excavation, refilling watering, disposal of surplusearth, making connection to manholes, making the walls and floors good.

a) 150 mmb) 100 mmc) 70 mm2 Providing, fixing & testing PVC pipes, conforming to IS 4985 class 3 (6 kg/cm2) including

injection moulded fittings, jointing with solvent cement, cutting and making good the floors andwalls complete in all respect. For rain water


Page 94 of 268

Public Health

S.No. Descriptiona) 110 mm OD

b) 150 mm OD

3 Providing and fixing G.I. pipes conforming to IS:1239 (Medium class) including all fittings,testing, cutting holes or chases and making good where required

a) a) 32 mm dia

b) 40 mm dia

c) 50 mm dia

4 Providing and fixing G.I. Inlet fitting with maximum 3 inlets 32, 40 0r 50 mm size fabricatedfrom 100 mm dia G.I. Pipes (Heavy class)and welded G.I. Sockets, fixed to C.I. Trap with leadcaulked joint and set in cement concrete as per standard drawing complete

5 Painting G.I. Pipes with two coats of bitumastic paint, wrapping with one layer of polythenetape and applying a final coat of bitumastic paint [for pipes in chase or under floor]

a) 32 mm dia

b) 40 mm dia

c) 50 mm dia

6 Providing and fixing HCI trap of self-cleansing design with or without vent arm, setting incement concrete 1:2:4 mix complete including cost of cutting and making good the walls andfloors where required

a) 100 mm inlet and 100 mm outlet

7

Providing and laying cement concrete 1:2:4 (1 cement:2 coarse sand: 4 graded stoneaggregate 20 mm and down gauge) 75 mm in bed and all round CI/PVC pipes up to 200 mmdia

8Painting C.I. Soil, waste and vent Pipes and fittings with paint of any colour as chocolate, greyor buff etc. over a coat of primer (of approved quality) for new work

a) 75 mm dia

b) 100 mm dia

c) 150 mm dia

10Providing and fixing cast bronze cleanout plug with three brass screws, male threaded jointwith G.I socket caulked to HCI pipe including cost of jointing.

III WATER SUPPLY

1 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes (IS:1239 Heavy class) complete with G.I. Fittings, unions,flanges and clamps, including cutting and making good the walls etc. complete (Internal work)




Page 95 of 268

Public Health

S.No. Descriptionc) 25 mm nominal bore




g) 65 mm nominal bore

h) 80 mm nominal bore

I) 100 mm nominal bore

j) 150 mm nominal bore

2 Providing and fixing G.I. Pipes (IS:1239 Heavy class) complete with G.I. Fittings includinganticorrosive treatment to buried pipes by wrapping with 4 mm thick multi-layer bitumasticmembrane applied over a coat of primer, necessary excavation and refilling complete.(external works)



3 Providing and fixing insulation to hot water piping with 25 mm thick resin bonded mineral woolpreformed pipe sections over approved primer and sealing with 24 gauge aluminium claddingin an approved manner in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications and the directionof engineer-in-charge

a) 15mm

b) 20 mm

c) 25 mm

4 Providing and fixing bronze ball valve with screwed female/flanged ends with stainless steelvalve and spindle, glass filed Teflon seating and gland packing, quarter turn lever operate fullbore design, hydraulically tested to 20 kg/scam.a) 15 mm nominal bore






5 Providing and fixing cast iron flanged wafer type butterfly Valve with quarter turn operationcomplete in all respects confirming to IS: 13095 PN16.a) 65 mm nominal bore




Page 96 of 268

Public Health

S.No. Description6 Painting G.I. Pipes with two or more coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved quality and

shade as directed by the Engineer-in-charge applied over an etching primer coating ofapproved qualitya) 15 mm nominal bore







Page 97 of 268

2.2.3 Furniture

S.No. Item / Description Item No (Please referAnnexure III- FurnitureSpecifications)

1 Green Workstation Chair Item 1.1

2 Green High Back Revolving Chair Item 1.2

3 Green & Ergonomic visitor Chair Item 1.3

4 Three seater lounge sofa Item 1.5

5 Two Seater Lounge Sofa Item 1.6

6 Corner Table Item 1.8

7 Individual Storages of Height 1167mm Item 1.9

8 Reception / Token counters (set of 4) Item 1.12

9 Green Registrar table Item 1.13


Page 98 of 268

2.2.4 Electrical

DescriptionW I R I N G

· Point wiring in steel conduit, with modular type switch. Wiring for light point / fan point /exhaust fan point / call bell point / with 1.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor singlecore cable in surface / recessed STEEL conduit, with modular switch, modular plate, suitableGI box and Earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated copper conductor singlecore cable etc. as required.

Group C

· Wiring for circuit / sub main wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FR PVCinsulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface / recessed steel conduit as required.


· Supplying and drawing following sizes of FR PVC insulated copper conductor, single corecable in the existing surface / recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.1X1.5 Sq. mm2X1.5 Sq. mm3X1.5 Sq. mm5X1.5 Sq. mm2X2.5 Sq. mm3X2.5 Sq. mm2X4.0 Sq. mm3X4.0 Sq. mm

· Supplying and drawing following pair 0.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated annealed copperconductor, unarmoured telephone cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduitas required.2 Pair

· Supplying and drawing co-axial TV cable RG-6 grade, 0.7 mm solid copper conductor PEinsulated, shielded with fine tinned copper braid and protected with PVC sheath in theexisting surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.

· Supply & fixing of following size welded conduit pipe along with accessories in surface /recess including painting in case of surface conduit cutting the wall and making good thesame in case of recessed conduit as required.20 mm dia25 mm dia32 mm dia40mm dia


Page 99 of 268

Description· Supplying and fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit along with accessories

in surface/recess including cutting the wall and making good the same in case of recessedconduit as required.

20 mm25 mm

· Supplying and fixing metal box of following sizes (nominal size) on surface or in recess withsuitable size of phenolic laminated sheet cover in front including painting etc. as required.

200 mm X 150 mm X 60 mm deep· S&E of following modular switch / socket on existing modular plate and switch box including

connections but excluding modular plates etc. as required5/6 Amp switch15/16 Amp switch3 pin 5/6 Amp socket outlet6 pin 15/16 amp socket outletTelephone socket outletTV antenna socket outletBell push

· Supply, testing and commissioning of RJ-45 Data 1 module socket outlet point without flushmount modular box & sheet.

· Supplying and fixing stepped type electronic fan regulator on the existing modular plateswitch box including connections but excluding modular plate etc. as required.

· Supplying and fixing modular blanking plate on the existing modular plate & switch boxexcluding modular plate as required.

· Supply and fixing of following size / modules GI box along with modular base & cover platefor modular switches in recess etc. as required

1 or 2 Module (75mmX75mm)3 Module (100mmX75mm)4 Module (125mmX75mm)6 Module (200mmX75mm)8 Module (125mmX125mm)12 Module (200mmX150mm)

· Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metal boxesetc. as required.1 or 2 Module3 Module4 Module6 Module8 Module12 Module


Page 100 of 268

Description· Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface or

in recess, including providing and fixing 3 pin 5/6 amps modular socket outlet and 5/6 ampsmodular switch, connection etc. as required. (For light plugs to be used in non-residentialbuildings).

· Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on surface orin recess, including providing and fixing 6 pin 5/6 & 15/16 amps modular socket outlet and15/16 amps modular switch, connection etc. as required.

· Supplying and fixing 3 pin, 5 amp ceiling rose on the existing junction box/ wooden blockincluding connection etc. as required.

· Supplying and fixing brass batten/ angle holder including connection etc. as required.· Supplying and fixing call bell/ buzzer suitable for single phase, 230 volts, complete as

required.

· Providing and fixing plain 16/0.20mm (0.50sqmm) twin flat flexible, FRLS PVC insulated,copper cable, in PVC sleeve of suitable size on the floor/ wall, or side of the table/ door etc.as required.


· Installation, testing and commissioning of pre-wired, fluorescent fitting / compact fluorescentfitting of all types, complete with all accessories and tube etc. directly on ceiling/ wall,including connection with 1.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor, single core cableand Earthing etc. as required.

· Installation, testing and commissioning of ceiling fan, including wiring the down rods ofstandard length (up to 30 cm) with 1.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated, copper conductor, singlecore cable, including providing and fixing phenolic laminated sheet cover on the fan box etc.as required.

· Installation of exhaust fan in the existing opening, including making well the damage,connection, testing, commissioning etc. as required.Up to 450 mm sweepExtra for fixing the louvers/ shutters complete with frame for an exhaust fan of all sizes.

Supplying and drawing of UTP 4 pair CAT 6 LAN Cable in the existing surface / recessedsteel / PVC conduit as required

MCCB, MCB & DB’S· Providing and fixing following rating and breaking capacity MCCB in existing cubicle panel

board including drilling holes in cubicle panel, making connections, etc. as required.125 Amp, 16 KA


Page 101 of 268

Description· Supplying and fixing following way prewired SP&N MCB distribution board of steel sheet for

240 volts on surface/ recess complete with loose wire box, terminal connectors for allincoming and outgoing circuits, duly prewired with suitable size FR PVC insulated copperconductor up to terminal blocks, tinned copper bus bar, neutral link, earth bar, din bar,detachable gland plate, interconnections, powder painted including Earthing etc. asrequired. (But without MCB/ RCCB/ Isolator)

2 + 12 way, Double door· Supplying and fixing following way prewired TP&N MCB distribution board of steel sheet for

415 volts on surface/ recess complete with loose wire box, terminal connectors for allincoming and outgoing circuits, duly prewired with suitable size FR PVC insulated copperconductor up to terminal blocks, tinned copper bus bar, neutral link, earth bar, din bar,detachable gland plate, interconnections, powder painted including Earthing etc. asrequired.(But without MCB/ RCCB/ Isolator)

4 way (4 + 12), Double door8 way (4 + 24), Double door

· Supplying and fixing following way prewired vertical type TP&N MCB distribution board ofsteel sheet for 415 volts on surface/ recess complete with loose wire box of sheet steel, dustprotected, duly powder painted, inclusive of 200 amps tinned copper bus bar, commonneutral link, earth bar, din bar for mounting MCB's, terminal connectors for all incoming andoutgoing circuits, duly prewired with adequate size of FR PVC insulated copper conductorup to the terminal connector/ neutral link, Earthing etc. as required (But without MCB/ RCCB/Isolator). (Note: Prewired vertical type MCB TPDB is normally used where 3 phase outletsare required.)

8 way Double door· Supplying and fixing 5 amps to 32 amps rating, 240/415 volts, "C" curve, miniature circuit

breaker suitable for inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DB complete withconnections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.


· Supplying and fixing single pole blanking plate in the existing MCB DB complete etc. asrequired.

· Supplying and fixing following rating, four pole, (three phase and neutral), 415 volts, residualcurrent circuit breaker (RCCB), having a sensitivity current up to 300 milliamperes in theexisting MCB DB complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

63AMP


Page 102 of 268

Description· Supplying and fixing 20 amps, 240 volts, SPN industrial type, socket outlet, with 2 pole and

earth, metal enclosed plug top along with 20 amps "C" curve, SP, MCB, in sheet steelenclosure, on surface or in recess, with chained metal cover for the socket out let andcomplete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

· Providing and fixing M.V. danger notice plate of 200 mm X 150 mm, made of mild steel, atleast 2 mm thick, and vitreous enamelled white on both sides, and with inscription in singlered colour on front side as required.

CABLE TRAYS· Supplying and installing following size of perforated pre-painted M.S. cable tray with

perforation not more than 17.5% in convenient sections, jointed with connectors, suspendedfrom the ceiling with M.S. suspenders including bolt & nits, painting suspenders etc. asrequired.

MS perforated cable tray size 150mm x 50mm x 1.6mm thickness.MS perforated cable tray size 300mm x 50mm x 1.6mm thickness.

E A R T H I N G· Earthing with G.I. earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 6 mm thick including accessories, and

providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and watering pipeof 2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as required.

· Earthing with copper earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 3 mm thick including accessories,and providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement and wateringpipe of 2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as required.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip in 40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrodeincluding connection with brass nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re-filling etc. asrequired.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip on surface or in recess for connections etc.as required.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip in 40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earth electrodeincluding connection with G.I. nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re-filling etc. asrequired.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip on surface or in recess for connections etc. asrequired.

· Providing and fixing 6 SWG dia G.I. wire on surface or in recess for loop Earthing asrequired.

MV CABLES LAYING & TERMINATION· Laying and fixing of one number PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE power cable of

1.1 KV grade of following size on cable tray as required.

· Above 35 sq. mm and up to 95 sq. mm (clamped with 25x3mm MS flat clamp)· Supplying and making end termination with brass compression gland and aluminium lugs

for following size of PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE aluminium conductor cable of1.1 KV grade as required.


Page 103 of 268

Description3½ X 70 sq. mm (38mm)

SUPPLY OF CABLES & FIXTURES· Supply of XLPE insulated PVC sheathed (Heavy duty) armoured electric cable with

aluminium conductor for working voltage of 1100 volts confirming to IS: 7098 (Part- I).

3½ X 70 sq. mm· Supply of surface mounted LED Down lighter 6 W Constant current & constant voltage

LED driver with THD <18% & power factor of min 0.9.working voltage range should from 90-260V AC. Complete in all respect. For Front Entry & Other Decoration purpose.

· Supply of Recessed mounted LED Down lighter 13W - 15 W with lumen output not lessthan 1000 lumens, Constant current & constant voltage LED driver with THD <18% & powerfactor of min 0.9.working voltage range should from 90-260V AC. Complete in all respect.For Main Lobby & Seminar Room.

· Supply of surface mounting CRCA box type luminaries with electronic ballast having THDless than 10%,P.F.not less than 0.97 suitable for 1X28watt T5 lamps complete with allaccessories and 1 no. 28 watt T5 lamp all necessary connection etc. as required at site. ForBasement & Toilets

· Supply of recessed mounted 2'X2' LED panel luminaries 33W with lumen output not lessthan 2000 lumens, Constant current & constant voltage LED driver with THD <18% & powerfactor of min 0.9, working voltage range should from 150-270V AC. Complete in all respect.For Seminar Room.

· Supply of Bulkhead Luminaire 9W CFL with Lamp Complete in all respect.

· Supply of A.C. CEILING FAN 48" (1200MM) SWEEP

· Supply of Exhaust FAN , Single phase, 1400 RPM (380MM) SWEEP

Fire Alarm System· Supply & Installation Testing, commissioning of 1loop (each loop 125 detectors / 125

devices) wall recess / surface mounting microprocessor based expendable up to 2 loopAnalog Addressable Main Fire Alarm Panel , Large LCD display minimum 48 CharactersFully network able, 4 access levels. 1000 events historical logging / flash EPROM , 240 VoltsAC Power Supply, automatic battery charger, 24 volts sealed lead acid battery suitable for24 hour normal working and capable of operating the system for 30 minute in emergencycondition. Shall integrate detectors, Control Relay modules, Monitor Module etc. devicescomplete in all respect as required


Page 104 of 268

Description· Supply & Installation Testing, commissioning of plug in type intelligent photo electric

addressable analog smoke detectors having inbuilt fault locator including cost of base plate, outlet box for fixing of detector base where required , mounting accessories etc. completeas required

· Supply & Installation Testing, commissioning of dust and vermin protected AddressableManual Call Point with Reset Lock to initiate the audio alarm system complete as required

· Supply & Installation Testing, commissioning of addressable wall / ceiling mounting hooter(sound output of minimum 90 dB cum strobe strength of light 110 cd) & suitable to PA systemalso complete as required

· Supply of Providing and fixing of Photo luminescent Signage, non-radioactive, maintenancefree self-glowing, consisting of zinc sulphide chargeable crystals which glows in dark.Signage made up on 1mm thick aluminium sheet, weather proof and screen printed, withU/V stabilised coating, job complete with mounting arrangement on wall with glass screwsor to be hanged using suitable rust proof chains as per site requirement. The colourcombination and size of letters shall be as per I.S. 12349 amended up to date. The Signageto be of following sizes:

Supply of Photo Luminescent Signage of size: 14" x 6"P.A. & C.C.T.V. SYSTEM

· The Voice Alarm Controller Having audio and control data transmission, inbuilt memory fordigital message recording and broadcast & announcement

· Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of network router for connection to the maincontroller and addition of up to six zones and connectivity to call-stations complete asrequired as per technical specifications.

· Supply, installation, testing & commissioning of Main Voice Alarm Call Stations of controlroom with High Quality goose neck Condenser Microphone along with 8 button keypad

· Supply, Installation, testing & commissioning of voice alarm call station Keypad

· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 480 W Booster Amplifier for RMS poweroutput 70V/ 100V and 8 OHM output 100 V input for slave operation on 100 volts speakerlines also having temperature control in built fan for high reliability with sensitivity/ levelcontrol complete as required with Digital interface to central network controller with followingfeatures : 480W Amplifier.

· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 6W ceiling speakers with built in LMTsuitable for both music and speech complete as required.

· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Volume Modular Controller


Page 105 of 268

Description· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Back Ground Music Source (BGM) with

CD/ MP3 player, wireless remote control as required.· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of indoor type day/night colour Vandal Dome

camera with auto iris verifocal lenses 600 TVL high resolution & above , 1/3-inch imagercolour IR camera with verifocal auto-iris lens (2.8.-10mm) including Connectors, Lens,Power Supply and all ancillary equipment required for the proper function of the camera.

· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 16 channel real time( No PC required ),440 fps, standalone Digital Video Recorder (DVR) with 1000 GB HDD & DVD W with USBport.

· Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of 21” HDMI port LED Monitor including allaccessories for CCTV system.

Supply, Erection, testing & commissioning of 6 KVA UPS system Online (1 phase I/p & 1phase o/p ) Double conversion with inbuilt Isolation Transformer , Battery bank for 30minutes back up with all battery interconnections. All batteries should be placed on asuitable rack made out of suitable size of MS angle / MS strip. Complete in all respect asper detailed specifications.


Page 106 of 268

2.3 Category C

2.3.1 CivilS.No. Description1 Providing and fixing powder coated aluminium work in full height partitions with extruded

built up standard tubular and other sections of approved make conforming to IS 733 andIS 1285 anodized transparent or dyed to required shade according to IS 1868 (Mediumanodic coating of grade AC 15) expansion hold fasteners including necessary filling upof gaps at junction's at top bottom and sides with required PVC/ neoprene felt etc.,Aluminium sections shall be smooth rust free straight, mitred and jointed mechanically.Aluminium swap beading for glazing/ panelling C.P brass/ stainless, steel screws,including providing and fixing hinges pivots aluminium joinery fitting and lock & providingincluding aluminium snap beading up to any storey complete in all respects as perapproved drawings and design to the entire satisfaction of engineer in charge. The lowerportions of the partitions up to 3'-0" ht. shall have 12mm waterproof ply finished on bothsides with 1mm laminate finish and toughened glass of 8mm thickness above it as perdrawings. The rate includes both fixed and operable glazing as per design as approvedby the Engineer in charge

3 Providing and fixing 600mmx600mmx9.5mm thick full body homogeneous vitrified tiles inFlooring and skirting of make /shade as approved by Architect on 12mm thick cementsand mortar 1:4 at any floor including grouting the joints with white cement and matchingpigment etc. complete in all respect to the entire satisfaction of Engineer in charge.

4 Painting two coats with ready mixed plastic emulsion paint in all shades for interior use onplastered surface up to any storey including finishing the surface to the required finishcomplete in all respects to the entire satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge.

5 Providing and fixing glazing in aluminium door, window, ventilator shutters and partitionsetc. with PVC/ neoprene gasket etc. complete as per the architectural drawings and thedirections of engineer-in charge. (Cost of aluminium snap beading shall be paid in basicitem): 5.5 mm thick toughened glass

6 Miscellaneous civil works including brick work/ plaster/ minor RCC works.7 False Ceiling: - Providing and fixing of Soft Fibre Square edge 15mm Textured both side

encapsulated (No Soft fibres should be exposed on any side of Tile) for Ceiling of size595x595x15 mm is to be installed on framework of Skeet. This will comprise of NRC 0.94base panels with humidity resistance of 90% RH and light reflectance up to 85% with Ledpoints Green Performance certified. Soft Fibres tile 15mm for Ceiling tile meet thestringent fire test required having Class ‘A’ rating for Flame Ignitability test as per ASTM-E-84, with complete framework.

8 IA shall establish counters & IT infrastructure in the SR offices as per category C. Pleaserefer section 1.4 for Indicative counters & IT infrastructure.


Page 107 of 268

2.3.2 Furniture

SL Item / Description Item No (Please referAnnexure III – furnitureSpecification)

1. Green Workstation Chair Item 1.1

2. Green High Back Revolving Chair Item 1.2

3. Green & Ergonomic visitor Chair Item 1.3

4. Two Seater Lounge Sofa Item 1.6

5. Three seater lounge sofa Item 1.5

6. Corner Table Item 1.8

7. Individual Storages of Height 1167mm Item 1.9

8. Reception / Token counters (set of 4) Item 1.12

9. Green Registrar table Item 1.13


Page 108 of 268

2.3.3 Electrical

DescriptionW I R I N G

Point wiring in steel conduit, with modular type switch. Wiring for light point / fan point/ exhaust fan point / call bell point / with 1.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated copperconductor single core cable in surface / recessed STEEL conduit, with modularswitch, modular plate, suitable GI box and Earthing the point with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVCinsulated copper conductor single core cable etc. as required.

Group C

· Wiring for circuit / sub main wiring along with earth wire with the following sizes of FRPVC insulated copper conductor, single core cable in surface / recessed steel conduitas required.


· Supplying and drawing following sizes of FR PVC insulated copper conductor, singlecore cable in the existing surface / recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.

1X1.5 Sq. mm2X1.5 Sq. mm3X1.5 Sq. mm5X1.5 Sq. mm2X2.5 Sq. mm3X2.5 Sq. mm2X4.0 Sq. mm3X4.0 Sq. mm

· Supplying and drawing following pair 0.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated annealed copperconductor, unarmoured telephone cable in the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVCconduit as required.

2 Pair· Supplying and drawing co-axial TV cable RG-6 grade, 0.7 mm solid copper conductor

PE insulated, shielded with fine tinned copper braid and protected with PVC sheathin the existing surface/ recessed steel/ PVC conduit as required.

· Supply & fixing of following size welded conduit pipe along with accessories in surface/ recess including painting in case of surface conduit cutting the wall and making goodthe same in case of recessed conduit as required.

20 mm dia25 mm dia32 mm dia40 mm dia


Page 109 of 268

Description· Supplying and fixing of following sizes of medium class PVC conduit along with

accessories in surface/recess including cutting the wall and making good the samein case of recessed conduit as required.

20 mm25 mm

· Supplying and fixing metal box of following sizes (nominal size) on surface or inrecess with suitable size of phenolic laminated sheet cover in front including paintingetc. as required.

200 mm X 150 mm X 60 mm deep· S&E of following modular switch / socket on existing modular plate and switch box

including connections but excluding modular plates etc. as required

5/6 Amp switch15/16 Amp switch3 pin 5/6 Amp socket outlet6 pin 15/16 amp socket outletTelephone socket outletTV antenna socket outletBell push

· Supply, testing and commissioning of RJ-45 Data 1 module socket outlet point withoutflush mount modular box & sheet.

· Supplying and fixing stepped type electronic fan regulator on the existing modularplate switch box including connections but excluding modular plate etc. as required.

· Supplying and fixing modular blanking plate on the existing modular plate & switchbox excluding modular plate as required.

· Supply and fixing of following size / modules GI box along with modular base & coverplate for modular switches in recess etc. as required1 or 2 Module (75mmX75mm)3 Module (100mmX75mm)4 Module (125mmX75mm)6 Module (200mmX75mm)8 Module (125mmX125mm)12 Module (200mmX150mm)

· Supplying and fixing following Modular base & cover plate on existing modular metalboxes etc. as required.1 or 2 Module3 Module4 Module6 Module8 Module12 Module


Page 110 of 268

Description· Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front on

surface or in recess, including providing and fixing 3 pin 5/6 amps modular socketoutlet and 5/6 amps modular switch, connection etc. as required. (For light plugs tobe used in non-residential buildings).

· Supplying and fixing suitable size GI box with modular plate and cover in front onsurface or in recess, including providing and fixing 6 pin 5/6 & 15/16 amps modularsocket outlet and 15/16 amps modular switch, connection etc. as required.

· Supplying and fixing 3 pin, 5 amp ceiling rose on the existing junction box/ woodenblock including connection etc. as required.

· Supplying and fixing brass batten/ angle holder including connection etc. as required.

· Supplying and fixing call bell/ buzzer suitable for single phase, 230 volts, completeas required.

· Providing and fixing plain 16/0.20mm (0.50sqmm) twin flat flexible, FRLS PVCinsulated, copper cable, in PVC sleeve of suitable size on the floor/ wall, or side ofthe table/ door etc. as required.


· Installation, testing and commissioning of pre-wired, fluorescent fitting / compactfluorescent fitting of all types, complete with all accessories and tube etc. directly onceiling/ wall, including connection with 1.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated, copperconductor, single core cable and Earthing etc. as required.

· Installation, testing and commissioning of ceiling fan, including wiring the down rodsof standard length (up to 30 cm) with 1.5 sq. mm FR PVC insulated, copperconductor, single core cable, including providing and fixing phenolic laminated sheetcover on the fan box etc. as required.

· Installation of exhaust fan in the existing opening, including making well the damage,connection, testing, commissioning etc. as required.Up to 450 mm sweepExtra for fixing the louvers/ shutters complete with frame for an exhaust fan of allsizes.

· Supplying and drawing of UTP 4 pair CAT 6 LAN Cable in the existing surface /recessed steel / PVC conduit as required

MCCB, MCB & DB’S· Providing and fixing following rating and breaking capacity MCCB in existing cubicle

panel board including drilling holes in cubicle panel, making connections, etc. asrequired.

125 Amp, 16 KA


Page 111 of 268

Description· Supplying and fixing following way prewired SP&N MCB distribution board of steel

sheet for 240 volts on surface/ recess complete with loose wire box, terminalconnectors for all incoming and outgoing circuits, duly prewired with suitable size FRPVC insulated copper conductor up to terminal blocks, tinned copper bus bar, neutrallink, earth bar, din bar, detachable gland plate, interconnections, powder paintedincluding Earthing etc. as required. (But without MCB/ RCCB/ Isolator)

2 + 12 way, Double door· Supplying and fixing following way prewired TP&N MCB distribution board of steel

sheet for 415 volts on surface/ recess complete with loose wire box, terminalconnectors for all incoming and outgoing circuits, duly prewired with suitable size FRPVC insulated copper conductor up to terminal blocks, tinned copper bus bar, neutrallink, earth bar, din bar, detachable gland plate, interconnections, powder paintedincluding Earthing etc. as required.(But without MCB/ RCCB/ Isolator)

4 way (4 + 12), Double door8 way (4 + 24), Double door

· Supplying and fixing following way prewired vertical type TP&N MCB distributionboard of steel sheet for 415 volts on surface/ recess complete with loose wire box ofsheet steel, dust protected, duly powder painted, inclusive of 200 amps tinned copperbus bar, common neutral link, earth bar, din bar for mounting MCB's, terminalconnectors for all incoming and outgoing circuits, duly prewired with adequate size ofFR PVC insulated copper conductor up to the terminal connector/ neutral link,Earthing etc. as required (But without MCB/ RCCB/ Isolator). (Note: Prewired verticaltype MCB TPDB is normally used where 3 phase outlets are required.)

8 way Double door· Supplying and fixing 5 amps to 32 amps rating, 240/415 volts, "C" curve, miniature

circuit breaker suitable for inductive load of following poles in the existing MCB DBcomplete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.


· Supplying and fixing single pole blanking plate in the existing MCB DB complete etc.as required.

· Supplying and fixing following rating, four pole, (three phase and neutral), 415 volts,residual current circuit breaker (RCCB), having a sensitivity current up to 300milliamperes in the existing MCB DB complete with connections, testing andcommissioning etc. as required.

63AMP


Page 112 of 268

Description· Supplying and fixing 20 amps, 240 volts, SPN industrial type, socket outlet, with 2

pole and earth, metal enclosed plug top along with 20 amps "C" curve, SP, MCB, insheet steel enclosure, on surface or in recess, with chained metal cover for the socketout let and complete with connections, testing and commissioning etc. as required.

· Providing and fixing M.V. danger notice plate of 200 mm X 150 mm, made of mildsteel, at least 2 mm thick, and vitreous enamelled white on both sides, and withinscription in single red colour on front side as required.

CABLE TRAYS· Supplying and installing following size of perforated pre-painted M.S. cable tray with

perforation not more than 17.5% in convenient sections, jointed with connectors,suspended from the ceiling with M.S. suspenders including bolt & nits, paintingsuspenders etc. as required.


MS perforated cable tray size 300mm x 50mm x 1.6mm thickness.E A R T H I N G

· Earthing with G.I. earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 6 mm thick including accessories,and providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having locking arrangement andwatering pipe of 2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt as required.

· Earthing with copper earth plate 600 mm X 600 mm X 3 mm thick includingaccessories, and providing masonry enclosure with cover plate having lockingarrangement and watering pipe of 2.7 metre long etc. with charcoal/ coke and salt asrequired.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip in 40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earthelectrode including connection with brass nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re-filling etc. as required.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm copper strip on surface or in recess forconnections etc. as required.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip in 40 mm dia G.I. pipe from earthelectrode including connection with G.I. nut, bolt, spring, washer excavation and re-filling etc. as required.

· Providing and fixing 25 mm X 5 mm G.I. strip on surface or in recess for connectionsetc. as required.

· Providing and fixing 6 SWG dia G.I. wire on surface or in recess for loop Earthing asrequired.

MV CABLES LAYING & TERMINATION· Laying and fixing of one number PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE power

cable of 1.1 KV grade of following size on cable tray as required.· Above 35 sq. mm and up to 95 sq. mm (clamped with 25x3mm MS flat clamp)


Page 113 of 268

Description· Supplying and making end termination with brass compression gland and aluminium

lugs for following size of PVC insulated and PVC sheathed / XLPE aluminiumconductor cable of 1.1 KV grade as required.

3½ X 70 sq. mm (38mm)SUPPLY OF CABLES & FIXTURES

· Supply of XLPE insulated PVC sheathed (Heavy duty) armoured electric cable withaluminium conductor for working voltage of 1100 volts confirming to IS: 7098 (Part-I).3½ X 70 sq. mm

· Supply of surface mounted LED Down lighter 6 W Constant current & constantvoltage LED driver with THD <18% & power factor of min 0.9.working voltage rangeshould from 90-260V AC. Complete in all respect. For Front Entry & Other Decorationpurpose.

· Supply of Recessed mounted LED Down lighter 13W - 15 W with lumen output notless than 1000 lumens, Constant current & constant voltage LED driver with THD<18% & power factor of min 0.9.working voltage range should from 90-260V AC.Complete in all respect. For Main Lobby & Seminar Room.

· Supply of surface mounting CRCA box type luminaries with electronic ballast havingTHD less than 10%,P.F.not less than 0.97 suitable for 1X28watt T5 lamps completewith all accessories and 1 no. 28 watt T5 lamp all necessary connection etc. asrequired at site.

· Supply of recessed mounted 2'X2' LED panel luminaries 33W with lumen output notless than 2000 lumens, Constant current & constant voltage LED driver with THD<18% & power factor of min 0.9, working voltage range should from 150-270V AC.Complete in all respect. For Seminar Room.

· Supply of Bulkhead Luminaire 9W CFL with Lamp Complete in all respect.

· Supply of A.C. CEILING FAN 48" (1200MM) SWEEP

2.3.4 Public HealthPlease refer section 2.2.2 for detail


Page 114 of 268

2.4 Indicative Counters and InfrastructureIndicative counters and infrastructure at all the SROs in category A, B & C are as below:

► Category A

Sr. No. Counter/ Infrastructure Indicative Number (As per Manpowerrequirement)

Counters1 Reception 22 Pre Presentation 43 SR Counter 14 Scanning 15 Fees Verification Counter 16 Delivery Counter 1Infrastructure1 Local Server Entry Level2 Laser Printer3 Thin Client4 Photocopy Machine5 Digital Camera & QR Code Reader6 Scanner7 Finger print scanner (Biometrics)8 Biometric device for Citizens9 Token Display System10 Switch (24 ports)11 Patch Cords12 Generator (40 KVA)13 UPS (20 KVA)14 Air Conditioner15 Furniture16 Public Health17 Electrical Work18 Router19 WAN optimizer20 Jack Panel (for Router Installation)

Table 1: Counters and Infrastructure in Category A


Page 115 of 268

► Category B


Counters1 Reception 12 Pre Presentation 23 SR Counter 14 Scanning 15 Fees Verification Counter &

Delivery1

Infrastructure1 Local Server Entry Level2 Thin Client3 Multi-Functional Printer4 Digital Camera & QR Code Reader5 Finger print scanner (Biometrics)6 Biometric device for Citizens7 Token Display System8 Switch (16 ports)9 Patch Cords10 UPS (5 KVA)11 Generator set (20 KVA)12 Laser Printer13 Air Conditioner14 Furniture15 Public health16 Electrical Work17 Router18 WAN optimizer19 Jack Panel (for Router Installation)

Table 2: Counters and Infrastructure in Category B


Page 116 of 268

► Category C


Counters1 Pre Presentation 12 SR Counter 1

Infrastructure1 Desktop1 Thin Client2 Digital Camera & QR Code Reader3 Finger Print Scanner (Biometrics)4 Biometric device for Citizens5 Multi-Function Printer6 Switch (8 ports)7 Patch Cords8 Generator (5 KVA)9 UPS (1 KVA)10 Air Conditioner11 Furniture12 Public health13 Electrical Work14 Router15 WAN optimizer16 Jack Panel (for Router Installation)

Table 3: Counters and Infrastructure in Category C► Other Offices

S. No. ICT component

1. Thin client

2. Laptop

3. Network Laser Printer

4. UPS (1 KVA)

5. Switch (8 port) cum Router

Any other additional items required over and above indicative required stated to meet the desiredSLA in the RFP

Table 4: Infrastructure Requirements at other offices


Page 117 of 268

2.5 Indicative Infrastructure at Data Centre, Data recovery Centre and Near Line Data Centre

S. No. Infrastructure/ Equipment

DC

1. Database Servers

2. Blade Servers (Including 2 dedicated GIS server)

3. Archive Server 24TB Raid 5 Sata /SAS storage

4. Blade Chassis

5. SFP+ Uplink Fibre Cable from Blade enclosure to Switch

6. SAN Storage

7. SAN Switch with 2 FC-IP port

8. Tape Library [With 100 cartridges & 10 cleaning cartridges]

9. Core Switch

10. Server Access Switch

11. State full inspection firewall

12. Application Load Balancer

13. Global Load balancer (ISP Load Balancer)

14. Management Console (3*2 Panel at least )

15. IP KVM & Console

16. 42 U Racks

17. Patch Panel 24 Port CAT 6

18. WAN Optimizer

19. CAT 6 Cable (305 Mtr. Box) and cabling

20. Patch Cord 1m CAT 6


22. Information Outlet CAT 6

DRC

1. Database Servers

2. Blade Servers (Including 2 dedicated GIS server)

3. Blade Chassis

4. SAN Storage


6. Core Switch


Page 118 of 268

S. No. Infrastructure/ Equipment

7. Server Access Switch

8. State full inspection firewall

9. Application Load Balancer

10. IP KVM & Console

11. 42 U Racks



14. SFP /SFP+ Uplink Fibre Cable

15. Router

16. Internet Router

17. WAN optimizer

NLDC

1. Other Servers (Rack) - File Server / database server etc. as per Replication proposal

2. SAN Storage


4. Router

5. Normal Switch


Page 119 of 268

3. Annexure III – Furniture SpecificationITEM No. 1.1: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF GREEN & ERGONOMIC WORKSTATIONCHAIR

i. Mechanism:

The mechanism of the workstation should have following featuresa) 360 degree revolving type.b) Locking at upright positionc) Provision of Tilt tension adjustmentd) Ratio of seat / back tiling minimum 1:3e) Pneumatic height adjustment with an adjustment of 12.0 + 0.3 cm.

ii. Quality and Seat back:

The seat and back shall be made up of 1.2 + 0.1cm thick hot pressed plywood duly upholsteredwith fabric upholstery covers and moulded polyurethane foam. The back foam should havecontoured lumbar support for better ergonomics. The seat shall have extra thick foam on thefront edge to give comfort to popliteal area. The foam used in making the seat & back shall beHigh Resilience Polyurethane foam moulded with density of 45+2 kg/metre cube and hardnessload 16+2 Kgf as per IS:7888 for 25% compression. The size of the seat shall be 47cm width x48 cm Depth & size of the Back shall be 47.5cm width x 58 cm Height.

iii. ARMREST & PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY

The armrest shall consist of one-piece armrests which should be duly injection moulded fromblack co-polymer polypropylene. The telescopic bellow assembly should be made of 3telescopic type and injection moulded in black polypropylene. The pedestal of the chair shallbe injection moulded in black colour with 33% glass filled Nylon-66 and fitted with minimum 5no’s twin wheel castors. The size of the pedestal should be 66.3 + 0.5cm. Pitch centre diametershall be 76.3 + 1.0cm with castors. The twin wheel castors should be injection moulded in BlackNylon.

iv. PRODUCT TYPE

The chair shall be supplied in Knock down condition duly packed in corrugated packets &supplied at the desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembled properly to thesatisfaction of the purchaser.


Page 120 of 268

v. CERTIFICATION OF THE PRODUCT

The Chair shall be designed as per BIFMA standards for its Quality & Ergonomics. The Chairshould be certified as Green Chair & certificate of approval shall be attached with the proposal.

vi. QUALITY & SAFETY CERTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER

The manufacturer must possess prevalent certification of the furniture industry is ISO-9001,ISO-14001, OHSAS 18001, BIFMA & GREENGUARD

vii. SKETCH OF THE CHAIR 1.1A


Page 121 of 268

ITEM 1.2: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF GREEN & ERGONOMIC HIGH BACK REVOLVINGCHAIR

i. MECHANISM:

The mechanism of the high back revolving chair should have following features:a) 360 degree revolving type.b) Locking at upright positionc) Provision of Tilt tension adjustmentd) Ratio of seat / back tiling minimum 1:3e) Pneumatic height adjustment with an adjustment of 12.0 + 0.3 cm.

ii. QUALITY OF SEAT & BACK USED:

The seat and back shall be made up of 1.2 + 0.1cm thick hot pressed plywood duly upholstered withfabric upholstery covers and moulded polyurethane foam. The back foam should have contouredlumbar support for better ergonomics. The seat shall have extra thick foam on the front edge to givecomfort to popliteal area. The foam used in making the seat & back shall be High ResiliencePolyurethane foam moulded with density of 45+2 kg/metre cube and hardness load 16+2 Kgf as perIS:7888 for 25% compression. The size of the seat shall be 47cm width x 48 cm Depth & size of theBack shall be 47.5cm width x 69.5 cm Height.

iii. ARMREST & PEDESTAL ASSEMBLY

The armrest shall consist of one-piece armrests which should be duly injection moulded from black co-polymer polypropylene. The telescopic bellow assembly should be made of 3 telescopic type andinjection moulded in black polypropylene. The pedestal of the chair shall be injection moulded in blackcolour with 33% glass filled Nylon-66 and fitted with minimum 5 no’s twin wheel castors. The size of thepedestal should be 66.3 + 0.5cm. Pitch centre diameter shall be 76.3 + 1.0cm with castors. The twinwheel castors should be injection moulded in Black Nylon.

iv. PRODUCT TYPE

The chair shall be supplied in Knock down condition duly packed in corrugated packets & transportedat the desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembled properly to the satisfaction of thepurchaser.


The Chair shall be designed as per BIFMA standards for its Quality & Ergonomics. The Chair shouldbe certified as Green Chair & certificate of approval shall be attached with the proposal.


Page 122 of 268


The manufacturer must possess prevalent certification of the furniture industry that is ISO-9001, ISO-14001, OHSAS 18001, BIFMA & GREENGUARD.

vii. SKETCH OF THE CHAIR -1.2A


Page 123 of 268

ITEM 1.3: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF GREEN & ERGONOMIC VISITOR CHAIR

i. QUALITY OF SEAT & BACK USED:

The seat and back shall be made up of 1.2 + 0.1cm thick hot pressed plywood duly upholstered withfabric upholstery covers and moulded polyurethane foam. The back foam should have contouredlumbar support for better ergonomics. The seat shall have extra thick foam on the front edge to givecomfort to popliteal area. The foam used in making the seat & back shall be High ResiliencePolyurethane foam moulded with density of 45+2 kg/metre cube and hardness load 16+2 Kgf as perIS:7888 for 25% compression. The size of the seat shall be 47cm width x 48 cm Depth & size of theBack shall be 47.5cm width x 58 cm Height.

ii. ARMREST

The armrest shall consist of one-piece armrests which should be duly injection moulded from black co-polymer polypropylene.

iii. TUBULAR FRAME

The tubular frame should be duly powder coated up to dry film thickness of 40-60 microns. The tubularframe should be cantilever type as shown in the figure and made up of 2.54 + 0.03cm x 0.2 + 0.016cmthick mild steel E.R.W tube.

iv. PRODUCT TYPE

The chair shall be manufactured & supplied in Knock down condition duly packed in corrugated packets& supplied at the desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembled properly to thesatisfaction of the purchaser.


The Chair shall be designed as per BIFMA standards for its Quality & Ergonomics. The Chair shouldbe certified as Green Chair & certificate of approval shall be attached with the proposal.


The manufacturer must possess prevalent certification of the furniture industry i.e. ISO-9001, ISO-14001, OHSAS 18001, BIFMA & GREENGUARD


Page 124 of 268

vii. SKETCH OF THE CHAIR – 1.3A


Page 125 of 268

ITEM 1.4: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 3 SEATER BENCH WITH ANTIBACTERIALCOATING


The seat shell should be a welded assembly of seat, back and side frame. The seat and Back shouldbe made of 0.12 + 0.013cm thick cold rolled steel sheet with oblong perforations. They should be weldedto side frame of size 3.2 + 0.05cm x 0.5 + 0.05 cm thick Hot Rolled steel. The welded assembly shouldbe powder coated with Dry film thickness of 40-60 microns. The seat should have front water fall edgeto provide popliteal clearance for comfortable seating. It should also consist of buttock support curvethat should provide rear support and also prevents small children from falling through the gap betweenseat and back. Clean and flat surfaces of seat and back should be provided to have easiness inmaintenance. The size of the seat should be 47.8cm width x 44.6 cm Depth & size of the Back shouldbe 41.6cm width x 23cm Height. The cushions for seat and back should be made of 1.5+ 0.1cm thickfoam on 0.8 + 0.04cm flat MR grade ply and should be neatly upholstered with leatherette.

ii. UNDERSTRUCTURE ASSEMBLY:

Under structure assembly should be made of connecting beam and leg assembly should be made ofmild steel E.R.W. oblong tube of size 7.5 + 0.03cm x 5.0 + 0.03cm x 0.02 + 0.016cm thick. The weldedstructure assembly should be duly powder coated with Dry film thickness of 40-60 microns. The legassembly should be fitted with shoes and levellers in Nylon. The leg structure should be designed withminimal area of contact as shown in line diagram close to ground providing easy access for cleaningpurposes. The shoes should be fitted to leg assembly. Levellers should be provided to take care ofuneven flooring. Connecting beam should be fitted with snap locking end cap which should help in side-by-side under structure alignment.

iii. ARMREST ASSEMBLY

The armrest should consist of armrest frame and armrest pad. The armrest frame should be made upof Hot rolled steel of size 3.175+ 0.05cm x 0.47 + 0.027cm thickness and it shall be powder coated withdry film thickness of 40-60 microns. Armrest pad should be injection moulded in Nylon and should befitted onto the armrest frame.

iv. BOTTLE / FILE HOLDER

The bottle / file holder should be made up of mesh made of dia 0.4 cm + 0.005cm mild steel solid rod.The bottle / file holder should be finished with powder coating of dry film thickness of 40 to 60 micronsand it should be fitted to under structure assembly.

v. ANTI-BACTERIAL POWDER COATING

This three seater public seating steel bench with armrest shall have Anti-bacterial powder coating tomaintain hygiene and support in infection control.

vi. PRODUCT TYPE

This three seater public seating steel bench with armrest should be manufactured & supplied in Knockdown condition duly packed in corrugated packets & supplied at the desired location safely. It shall thenbe unpacked & assembled properly to the satisfaction of the purchaser.


Page 126 of 268

vii. QUALITY & SAFETY CERTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER

The manufacturer must possess prevalent certification of the furniture industry i.e. ISO-9001, ISO-14001, OHSAS 18001, BIFMA & GREENGUARD.

viii. SKETCH OF THE CHAIR 1.4A


Page 127 of 268

ITEM 1.5: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF THREE SEATER LOUNGE SOFA


The seat and back assembly should consists of 1.2 + 0.1cm thick plywood insert with polyurethanefoam having density = 45+/-2 kg/m3 and hardness of the polyurethane foam = 18 to 22 kg on Hampdenmachine for 25% compression of the foam. The complete moulded seat/back assembly should becovered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The sofa should be upholstered with stain repellent“Velveteen Plus” fabric. This velvet fabric should be resist vacuum cleaning in order to remove dirt &grit from the surface. The seat / back size should be 54.5cm width, 46.7cm depth and 12.5cm thickness.Kindly refer the Line diagram for overall size of the sofa.

ii. SEAT/BACK MOUNTING FRAME

The seat/back mounting frame assembly should be able to hold the two side frames together. Twomounting frames should be used to connect the side frames. The mounting frame shall be made of mildsteel E.R.W. tube of dia 5.08+ 0.03cm x 3.15+ 0.0252cm thick black painted. The seat/back should bemounted on 4.0+ 0.03cm x 2.0+ 0.02cm x 0.2+ 0.016cm thick mild steel rectangular tube which shallbe welded on the beam of seat/back mounting frame. The design of the seat should be floating type asshown in the line diagram.

iii. SIDE FRAME:

The Left hand side and right hand side frame should be fitted to the two ends of the seat/back mountingframe to form the leg assembly. It should be made of Stainless Steel J4 grade tube of dia 4.44cm x1.5mm thick.

iv. BOTTOM SHOES

The side frames should be fitted with front and rear bottom shoes made up of injection mouldedpolypropylene.

v. PRODUCT TYPE

This three seater lounge sofa shall be manufactured & supplied in Knock down condition duly packedin corrugated packets & supplied at the desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembledproperly to the satisfaction of the purchaser.



vii. SKETCH OF THE LOUNGE SOFA – 1.5A


Page 128 of 268


Page 129 of 268

ITEM 1.6: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF TWO SEATER LOUNGE SOFA


The seat and back assembly should consists of 1.2 + 0.1cm thick plywood insert with polyurethanefoam having density = 45+/-2 kg/m3 and hardness of the polyurethane foam = 18 to 22 kg on Hampdenmachine for 25% compression of the foam. The complete moulded seat/back assembly should becovered with a replaceable fabric upholstery cover. The sofa should be upholstered with stain repellent“Velveteen Plus” fabric. This velvet fabric should be resist vacuum cleaning in order to remove dirt &grit from the surface. The seat / back size should be 54.5cm width, 46.7cm depth and 12.5cm thickness.Kindly refer the Line diagram for overall size of the sofa.

ii. SEAT/BACK MOUNTING FRAME

The seat/back mounting frame assembly should be able to hold the two side frames together. Twomounting frames should be used to connect the side frames. The mounting frame shall be made of mildsteel E.R.W. tube of dia 5.08+ 0.03cm x 3.15+ 0.0252cm thick black painted. The seat/back should bemounted on 4.0+ 0.03cm x 2.0+ 0.02cm x 0.2+ 0.016cm thick mild steel rectangular tube which shallbe welded on the beam of seat/back mounting frame. The design of the seat should be floating type asshown in the line diagram.

iii. SIDE FRAME:

The Left hand side and right hand side frame should be fitted to the two ends of the seat/back mountingframe to form the leg assembly. It should be made of Stainless Steel J4 grade tube of dia 4.44cm x1.5mm thick.

iv. BOTTOM SHOES

The side frames should be fitted with front and rear bottom shoes made up of injection mouldedpolypropylene.

v. PRODUCT TYPE

This three seater lounge sofa shall be manufactured & supplied in Knock down condition duly packedin corrugated packets & supplied at the desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembledproperly to the satisfaction of the purchaser.


The manufacturer must have the prevalent certification of the furniture industry i.e. ISO-9001, ISO-14001, OHSAS 18001, BIFMA & GREENGUARD.

vii. SKETCH OF THE LOUNGE SOFA : 1.6A


Page 130 of 268


Page 131 of 268

ITEM 1.7: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF CENTER TABLE

i. OVERALL SIZE:

The overall size of the centre table shall be 112 cm width x 60cm depth x 35.1cm height.

ii. TABLE TOP:

The table top shall be 12 + 0.3mm thick black tinted toughened glass UV glued with bushes made inStainless Steel 202 grade. These bushes should be then fixed with under structure.

iii. TABLE UNDERSTRUCTURE:

The under structure of this centre table should be a welded assembly made in Stainless steel 202 gradehaving diameter of 12+ 0.04 as per IS: 1762. The design of the table shall be as per linen diagramshown below.

iv. PRODUCT TYPE

This table shall be manufactured & supplied in Knock down condition duly packed in corrugated packets& supplied at the desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembled properly to thesatisfaction of the purchaser.

v. QUALITY & SAFETY CERTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER



Page 132 of 268

vi. SKETCH OF THE CENTER TABLE- 1.7A


Page 133 of 268

ITEM 1.8: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF CORNER TABLE

i. OVERALL SIZE:

The overall size of the centre table shall be 60CM Width x 60CM depth x 35.1CM height.

ii. TABLE TOP:

The table top shall be 12 + 0.3mm thick black tinted toughened glass UV glued with bushes made inStainless Steel 202 grade. These bushes should be then fixed with under structure.

iii. TABLE UNDERSTRUCTURE:

The under structure of this centre table should be a welded assembly made in Stainless steel 202 gradehaving diameter of 12+ 0.04 as per IS: 1762. The design of the table shall be as per linen diagramshown below.

iv. PRODUCT TYPE

This table shall be manufactured & supplied in Knock down condition duly packed in corrugated packets& supplied at the desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembled properly to thesatisfaction of the purchaser.

v. QUALITY & SAFETY CERTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER


vi. SKETCH OF THE CORNER TABLE : 1.8A


Page 134 of 268

ITEM 1.9: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF LOW HEIGHT STORAGE

i. SIZE:

The overall size of the Low height storage should be Width 900mm x Depth 450mm x Height 1167mm.

ii. CONSTRUCTION & MATERIAL:

This low height storage shall be made up of rigid knock down construction type. Prime quality cold rolledcold annealed steel should be used. The thickness of the steel panels used for making the storageshould be of 0.6mm thick & the shelf panels should be made up of thickness 0.8mm. There should betotal two shelves provided with this storage which should have provision of adjustability across theheight of the storage. The uniformly distributed load carrying capacity of the shelf should be 80kg. Doorsused should be of hinged type & made up of steel which should run through full height of the storage.This item should be supplied in Knock down condition duly packed in corrugated packets & supplied atthe desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembled properly to the satisfaction of thepurchaser.

iii. LOCKING & HANDLE:

The lock type should be plastic recessed handle cum cam lock which should have three way lockingmechanism with shooting bolt arrangement. At the bottom of the storage levellers should be providedwith hexagonal plastic base to take care of floor unevenness adjustments up to 5mm.

iv. FINISH:

The storage should be duly powder coated with epoxy powder coating process to the thickness of 50microns (+/-10).

v. QUALITY & SAFETY CERTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER:

The manufacturer must possess prevalent certification of the furniture industry that is ISO-9001, ISO-14001, OHSAS 18001, BIFMA & GREENGUARD.


Page 135 of 268

vi. SKETCH - 1.9A


Page 136 of 268

ITEM 1.10: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF WORKSTATIONS FOR BACK OFFICE

i. TYPE OF WORKSTATIONS

Supplying & Placing Green guard certified workstations for acceptable limits of VOC emission tomaintain improved indoor air quality. This item should be supplied in Knock down condition duly packedin corrugated packets & supplied at the desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembledproperly to the satisfaction of the purchaser

ii. Sizes:

1200mm X 600mm: 7 No’s, 1350mm X 600mm: 2 No’s, 1500mm X 1800mm: 2 No’s & Partition Panels

iii. MAIN TABLE UNDERSTRUCTURE:

The workstations under structure shall consist of main legs assemblies of size 600mm & shared legassembly connected with cross members to support work surfaces. Shared leg’s base of the MS tubeshould be fitted with a glide plate of 47 x 47 x 5mm (as per IS: 2062 5mm HR) over which an M8 levellershould be fitted to allow adjustment of height up to 30mm. The shared leg MS bracket (IS: 513-1994,2.5 mm CRMS) should be welded on top side of shared leg for fixing two work stops in shared condition.Seven cross connector members of length 1123mm, two of length 1273mm & 2 L connectors to beused. All cross connectors should be provided with two 100 x 55 x 5mm L-shaped connector brackets(IS: 2062 5mm HR) on either ends of each cross connectors which should have countersunk holes andoblong slots (2 No’s each) should be used to connect the main legs & in between shared legs that shallform the span across the leg assemblies. The Legs & cross connectors used in this workstations shouldbe fabricated by CO2 welded mild steel tube of section 50.8mm x 50.8mm (IS: 7138 ERW Tube, 50.8Sq. x 16BG) All the metal components should be duly powder coated with epoxy after cleaning it withseven tank treatment process with average thickness of 50-60 micron. Overall height adjustability up to+50 mm should be provided with the help of leveller.

iv. WORKTOP:

These work surfaces should be made up of plain particle board of thickness 25mm. One side shall belaminate & the other should be pre laminate. The edges of the work surface shall be machine pressedneatly with 2mm thick PVC thick lipping. Plastic moulded nylon-6 type spacer should be provided inbetween the under structure and the worktop to maintain a gap of 20mm. Work surfaces used shall beof sizes 1200mm X 600mm: 7 No’s, 1350mm X 600mm: 2 No’s, 1500mm X 1800mm: 2 No’s

v. Wire carrier:

Table should be provided to carry data and electrical wires through the length of the workstation hencewire carriers made up of MS rod mesh tray structure which should enable entry of wires at any pointshould be affixed with cross connectors with help of MS plate holders. Seven wire carriers of length1060mm, two carriers of 1210mm, two carriers of 1060mm & two carriers of 1360mm should be used.The wire carrier should be able to accommodate minimum 45 numbers of Data Wire of 6mm diameteror 18 numbers of 10 mm diameter power cables can be accommodated in wire carrier.


Page 137 of 268

vi. ACCESSORIES- Access Flap/Power Box/ Cable Pole:

The Access flap should be made from Aluminium extrusion and ABS Moulded ends should be cappedto both ends of extrusion. The flap shall be connected with a 90 degree opening hinge fitted on theinside edge of the aluminium extrusion making them discreet. Minimum dimensions shall be 370L x134W x 31H. It shall be connected to the worktop in the slot provided with the help of screws. TheAccess flap provides access to the Power box under the worktop. Power box shall be provided belowthe access flap. Facility for mounting of switches shall be provided on power box. Cable pole should beprovided which should act as a wire carrier to take wires vertically up. The cable pole assembly shouldbe made up of 705.0 L x 333 W x 0.8mm thick CRMS as per section IS: 513-1994. 2 no’s fixing bracketsmade up of 112.7 W x 50 W x 1.2mm thick and divider angle to separate data cable from power cableshould be made out of 540 L x 83.5 W x 0.8 mm thick should be spot welded with cable pole. The cablepole assembly should be coated with minimum 45 micron thickness of epoxy powder coating.

vii. STORAGE PEDESTAL:

One three drawer metal pedestal of size 390 mm width x 435 mm depth x 646 mm height should beprovided with each workstation. The construction should be welded type & it should be made up of0.8mm thick CRCA for body shell, drawer front & tray, front side stiffener, Rear side stiffener & bottom.The top & bottom stiffener should be of 1.2 mm thick CRCA sheet. Drawers should be provided withdouble extension precision ball slide. 10 lever cam lock & central locking with actuator & lock channelmechanism should be provided. Swivelling non-lockable castors mounted below the body shell shouldbe provided. This metal pedestal should be finished with epoxy polyester powder coated to thethickness of about 50 microns (+10)


Page 138 of 268

viii. PARTITION PANEL

Partition panel should be made up of panel based system consisting of blocks & tiles. The blocks shouldbe made up of composite materials that are Medium density fibre board (MDF) and paper honeycomb.Thickness of system panel shall be 52mm. Partition panel shall consist of Tiles at the top & bottom leveland blocks at the intermediate level. 2 No’s 8 feet panels shall be required.

ix. Top & End Trim:

At the panel top a top trim or cover trim made up of aluminium extrusion having material AL96063-T6with average wall thickness of 1.2mm shall be provided. Top trim shall be press fitted on the horizontalextrusion. Vertical end trims shall be fitted with the help of the end trim connector. Both trims shall bemade up of aluminium extrusion having material AL 96063-T6

x. Blocks:

In between these top & bottom tiles two intermediate blocks shall be provided separated by thehorizontal extrusions. The block should comprise of 38mm thick paper honeycomb and 3mm MDF oneach side finished with 0.6mm decorative laminate on both sides. These blocks should be connectedto the vertical & horizontal extrusions of the panel.

xi. Tiles:

At the top side of the panel a glass tile should be provided & at the bottom a metal tile should beprovided. Glass tile consisting of 4mm thick toughened clear glass shall be fitted onto both sides of thepanel using split horizontal & vertical stiffeners made from 0.6mm powder coated CRCA steel grade Das per IS:513. These tiles should be supported from top & bottom side with clips made up of PP CoPolymer fitted in horizontal extrusions. Provision of switch sockets should be kept in the bottom tile asper make & model approved by the department. Bottom tile should be made up of 0.6mm thick mildsteel CRCA Grade D IS:513 which shall be press fitted on to the assembly frame of the panel with thehelp of snap on clips made of nylon-66 and support clips made from PP co polymer.

xii. Extrusions:

In between every block the horizontal extrusion made up of aluminium material AL96063-T6 withaverage wall thickness of 1.2mm should be provided. Horizontal extrusions shall also provide slot formounting accessories on screens. These extrusions shall be connected to the bottom frame assemblyas well as blocks & tiles also. Length of the horizontal extrusion shall be equal to the length of the panel.

xiii. Bottom Frame:


Page 139 of 268

Bottom frame should be a welded structure to provide support to the complete panel. It shall beintegrated with uprights and form the under structure for the panel. This frame should consist of L-channels made of 2mm thick CRCA steel (IS: 513), formed plates of 3mm thick HR steel (IS: 2062) &ERW steel tube of size 35 x 15 x 1.6mm thick in oval cross section (IS: 7138) welded together. Lengthof the bottom frame should be equivalent to the length of frame.

xiv. Grouting Post:

Grouting post should be used to support panels on both sides which should be covered with stabilitytrim. It shall be made up of MS HR plate of 2.5mm thickness with base plate of 5mm thick. It shall beconnected to the vertical extrusion of panel and it shall be grounded to the floor below with groutingbolts. Height of the stability post should be 1197mm

xv. Levellers:

These panels should be supported on legs with levellers at various locations. Legs should be fabricatedby C02 welded mild steel tube of section 38 mm x 25 mm (IS: 7138 ERW Tube, 38 mm x 25 mm x 16BG) with base plate of the mild steel plate of 35 x 22 x 5mm (IS: 2062, 5mm HR) over which an M8leveller should be fitted to have adjustability of +50mm.Figure1.10A

xvi. QUALITY & SAFETY CERTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER



Page 140 of 268

ITEM 1.11: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF OPERATORS STATIONS CUBICLES

i. OVERALL CABIN SIZE:

2700mm Width x 2400mm Depth x 1200mm Height of Panels.

Providing & placing in position Green guard certified workstation tables for operators. The Cabin ofOperator stations shall include Main table of full length i.e. 2700mm made up of two work surfaces eachof length 1350mm, one storage drawer pedestal & Panels of height 1200mm (+ 10mm) form a cabin.This item should be supplied in Knock down condition duly packed in corrugated packets & supplied atthe desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembled properly to the satisfaction of thepurchaser

ii. MAIN TABLE UNDERSTRUCTURE:

The main table shall consist of two main legs assemblies of size 750mm as the main support memberwhich should be joined with cross members to form under structure. One shared leg assembly shouldbe fitted to support the worktops in between & connect the cross members of the main legs assemblies.Shared leg’s base of the ms tube should be fitted with a glide plate of 47 x 47 x 5mm (as per IS: 20625mm HR) over which an M8 leveller should be fitted to allow adjustment of height up to 30mm. Theshared leg bracket should be made up of mild steel (IS: 513-1994, 2.5 mm CRMS) should be weldedon top side of shared leg for fixing two work stops in shared condition. Four cross connector membersof length 1273mm with two 100 x 55 x 5mm L-shaped connector brackets (IS: 2062 5mm HR) on eitherends of each cross connectors which should have countersunk holes and oblong slots (2 No’s each)should be used to connect the main legs & in between shared legs that is the span across the legassemblies. Two cross connectors should be fixed in each table of size 1350mm. The Legs & crossmembers used in this table should be fabricated by CO2 welded mild steel tube of section 50.8mm x50.8mm (IS: 7138 ERW Tube, 50.8 Sq. x 16BG) All the metal components should be duly powdercoated with epoxy after cleaning it with seven tank treatment process with average thickness of 50-60micron. Overall height adjustability up to +50 mm should be provided with the help of leveller.

iii. WORKTOP:

To obtain the total workstation size of 2700mm Width x 750 mm Height, two work surfaces of size 1350width mm x 750 mm height shall be fixed above the under structure as per above details. These worksurfaces should be made up of plain particle board of thickness 25mm. One side shall be laminate &the other should be pre laminate. The edges of the work surface shall be machine pressed neatly with2mm thick PVC thick lipping. Plastic moulded nylon-6 type spacer should be provided in between theunder structure and the worktop to maintain a gap of 20mm.

iv. Wire carrier:

Table should be provided to carry data and electrical wires through the length of the workstation hence2 wire carriers made up of MS rod mesh tray structure which should enable entry of wires at any pointshould be affixed with cross connectors with help of MS plate holders. The length of the wire carrier


Page 141 of 268

shall be 1210mm minimum. The wire carrier should be able to accommodate minimum 45 numbers ofData Wire of 6mm diameter or 18 numbers of 10 mm diameter power cables can be accommodated inwire carrier.

v. FRONT MODESTY PANELS:

Front modesty panel should be provided below the table made up of 18mm thick pre-laminated boardwith machine pressed PVC edge banding. Two modesty panels should be used of size 1200 mm lengthx height 450 mm. Connector holder metal brackets duly powder coated should be used for holding themodesty panel for cabin module.


The Access flap should be made from Aluminium extrusion and ABS moulded ends should be cappedto both ends of extrusion. The flap shall be connected with a 90 degree opening hinge fitted on theinside edge of the aluminium extrusion making them discreet. Minimum dimensions shall be 370L x134W x 31H. It shall be connected to the worktop in the slot provided with the help of screws. TheAccess flap provides access to the Power box under the worktop. Power box shall be provided belowthe access flap. Facility for mounting of switches shall be provided on power box. Cable pole should beprovided which should act as a wire carrier to take wires vertically up. The cable pole assembly shouldbe made up of 705.0 L x 333 W x 0.8mm thick CRMS as per section IS: 513-1994. 2 no’s fixing bracketsmade up of 112.7 W x 50 W x 1.2mm thick and divider angle to separate data cable from power cableshould be made out of 540 L x 83.5 W x 0.8 mm thick should be spot welded with cable pole. The cablepole assembly should be coated with minimum 45 micron thickness of epoxy powder coating.vii. STORAGE PEDESTAL:

One three drawer metal pedestal of size 390 mm width x 435 mm depth x 646 mm height should beprovided with each cubicle. The construction should be welded type & it should be made up of 0.8mmthick CRCA for body shell, drawer front & tray, front side stiffener, Rear side stiffener & bottom. The top& bottom stiffener should be of 1.2 mm thick CRCA sheet. Drawers should be provided with doubleextension precision ball slide. 10 lever cam lock & central locking with actuator & lock channelmechanism should be provided. Swivelling non-lockable castors mounted below the body shell shouldbe provided. This metal pedestal should be finished with epoxy polyester powder coated to thethickness of about 50 microns (+10)

viii. PARTITION PANEL

Partition panel should be made up of panel based system consisting of blocks & tiles. The blocksshould be made up of composite materials that are Medium density fibre board (MDF) and paperhoneycomb. Thickness of system panel shall be 52mm. Partition panel shall consist of Tiles at the top& bottom level and blocks at the intermediate level.

ix. Top & End Trim:


Page 142 of 268


x. Blocks:


xi. Tiles:

At the top side of the panel a glass tile should be provided & at the bottom a metal tile should beprovided. Glass tile consisting of 4mm thick toughened clear glass shall be fitted onto both sides of thepanel using split horizontal & vertical stiffeners made from 0.6mm powder coated CRCA steel grade Das per IS:513. These tiles should be supported from top & bottom side with clips made up of PP CoPolymer fitted in horizontal extrusions. Provision of switch sockets should be kept in the bottom tile asper make & model approved by the department. Bottom tile should be made up of 0.6mm thick mildsteel CRCA Grade D IS:513 which shall be press fitted on to the assembly frame of the panel with thehelp of snap on clips made of nylon-66 and support clips made from PP co polymer.xii. Extrusions:


xiii. Bottom Frame:


Grouting Post: Grouting post should be used to support panels on both sides which should be coveredwith stability trim. It shall be made up of MS HR plate of 2.5mm thickness with base plate of 5mm thick.It shall be connected to the vertical extrusion of panel and it shall be grounded to the floor below withgrouting bolts. Height of the stability post should be 1197mm

xiv. Panel Joinery Post:


Page 143 of 268

One 3 way 90 degree post shall be used to join 3 panels to make the T-shape joint. It should be madeup of aluminium extrusion having material AL 96063- T6 and shall have average wall thickness of1.2mm. Die cast cap made of aluminium having similar material of extrusion should be used for coveringexposed top edge of panel at junction end.

xv. Levellers:

These panels should be supported on legs with levellers at various locations. Legs should be fabricatedby C02 welded mild steel tube of section 38 mm x 25 mm (IS: 7138 ERW Tube, 38 mm x 25 mm x 16BG) with base plate of the mild steel plate of 35 x 22 x 5mm (IS: 2062, 5mm HR) over which an M8leveller should be fitted to have adjustability of +50mm.


Page 144 of 268

Figure 1.11A – Plan of Operator Workstations.

xvi. QUALITY & SAFETY CERTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER



Page 145 of 268

ITEM 1.12: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF RECEPTION / TOKEN COUNTERS

i. OVERALL SIZE:

The Token counter shall be a combination of Panels of various height and width. The overall size ofthe token counter shall be 1050mm width x 1200mm depth. Height of the partition panels shall be1200mm towards depth side & 952mm at front side where counter shelf is attached. This item shouldbe supplied in Knock down condition duly packed in corrugated packets & supplied at the desiredlocation safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembled properly to the satisfaction of the purchaser

ii. PANEL COMPONENTS

The Panel construction should be divided into 4 parts that is Upper tile, Lower tile & in between twoblocks separated each other with horizontals extrusions & joined on either ends by vertical uprights.

iii. Top & Bottom tiles:

The top tiles of the 1200 mm partition panels should be Glass tiles. It should be made up of 4mmtoughened clear glass fitted onto both sides of the panel using horizontal and vertical stiffeners madefrom 0.6mm powder coated CRCA steel grade D as per IS: 513. All bottom tiles of panels shall be madeup of Pre-laminated board of thickness 9.0 to 9.5mm thick conforming to IS: 12823 & all its edges shouldbe covered with 0.5mm thick machine pressed PVC lipping. Provision of switch mounting should bethere on these below tiles. All bottom tiles should be press fitted onto assembly frame with snap on clipsmade of nylon-66. The top trims of aluminium material AL96063-T6 duly powder coated should bepress fitted on the extrusions. The end trims should be fitted with help of MS 2.0mm thick connector

iv. Blocks:

The Laminated block should comprise of 38mm thick paper honeycomb and 3mm MDF on each sidefinished with 0.6mm decorative laminate on both sides with grain direction along the width only. Theseblocks should be connected to the vertical & horizontal extrusions of the panel. Particle board framingshould be used on outer boundary of these blocks as well as intermediately at certain locations formingconduit for passing cables. In the fabric block the fabric should be upholstered on the block.Intermediate blocks of Shared panels shall be of fabric on both sides whereas on end panels insideblocks shall be of laminate & outside blocks shall be of laminate. Front side of counter panels belowcounter shelf should be of laminate at front & fabric at user side.

v. Bottom frame:

The bottom frame for this panel should comprise of L-Channels made up of 2mm thick CRCA steel (IS:513), formed plates of 3mm thick Hot rolled steel (IS: 2062) & ERW steel tube of size 35 x 15 x 1.6mmthick in oval cross section (IS: 7138) welded together. This frame should be bolted to the uprights withM6 screws.

vi. Uprights & Horizontals:


Page 146 of 268

The blocks & metal frame shall be held together by uprights at both ends of panels & horizontalsbetween each block & tile. These should be made up of aluminium extrusion having material AL96063-T6

vii. Panel Posts:

2 no’s Two way 90 degree post & 3 no’s 3 way 90 degree post made up of aluminium material AL96063-T6 of average wall thickness 2mm shall be used to join panels as shown in figure below. Postsopening should be covered with die cast caps from top.Panel & Side Leg assembly:Panel leg assembly 18 No’s fabricated by C02 welding MS tube of (IS: 7138 ERW tube, 38mm x 25mmx 16bh) with base plate of MS plate of 35 x 22 x 5mm should be used for supporting panels. 4 No’ssingle side legs should be used for supporting panels & work surface on one side.

viii. Work surface:

Work surface shall be made up of 25mm thick Pre laminated particle board of approved shade interiorgrade conforming to IS: 12823. All the edges should be provided with machine pressed 2mm thick PVClipping glued with hot melt EVA glue. Circular cut out of 64mm for passing wires duly covered with ABScovers should be provided. 4 No’s of work surface of size 1049 width x 599 depth shall be provided.Work surface should be fixed with bracket made of 2mm thick CRCA grade D steel as per IS:513-19having 6 no’s ribs for increasing strength through round Philip head dia no 8 x 19 length having finishof zinc plated blue colour. No’s of counter shelf of size 1049 width x 400mm depth shall also be providedfor interaction / transaction purpose with round edges as shown in figure. A bracket of 2mm thick CRCAgrade D steel as per IS: 513 should be used in mounting counter shelf using round Philip head diameterno.8 x 19 length having zinc plated blue colour finish.

ix. Wire carrier:

The wire carrier body & cover should be made up of 0.8mm thick M.S CRCA Grade D as per IS: 513-1994Figure 1.12A, Plan of Token Counters

Figure 1.12B, 3d View of Token counters


Page 147 of 268


Page 148 of 268

ITEM 1.13: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF REGISTRAR TABLE

i. OVERALL TABLE SIZE:

3600mm Width x 750mm Depth x 750mm Height.

Providing & placing in position Green guard certified workstation table for registrar office. The Maintable of length 3600mm shall be made up of two work surfaces each of length 1800mm & one storagedrawer pedestal. This item should be supplied in Knock down condition duly packed in corrugatedpackets & supplied at the desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembled properly tothe satisfaction of the purchaser


The main table shall consist of two main legs assemblies of size 750mm as the main support memberwhich should be joined with cross members to form under structure. One shared leg assembly shouldbe fitted to support the worktops in between & connect the cross members of the main legs assemblies.Shared leg’s base of the MS tube should be fitted with a glide plate of 47 x 47 x 5mm (as per IS: 20625mm HR) over which an M8 leveller should be fitted to allow adjustment of height up to 30mm. Theshared leg bracket should be made up of mild steel (IS: 513-1994, 2.5 mm CRMS) should be weldedon top side of shared leg for fixing two work stops in shared condition. Four cross connector membersof length 1723mm with two 100 x 55 x 5mm L-shaped connector brackets (IS: 2062 5mm HR) on eitherends of each cross connectors which should have countersunk holes and oblong slots (2 No’s each)should be used to connect the main legs & in between shared legs that is the span across the legassemblies. Two cross connectors should be fixed in each table of size 1800mm. The Legs & crossmembers used in this table should be fabricated by CO2 welded mild steel tube of section 50.8mm x50.8mm (IS: 7138 ERW Tube, 50.8 Sq. x 16BG) All the metal components should be duly powdercoated with epoxy after cleaning it with seven tank treatment process with average thickness of 50-60micron. Overall height adjustability up to +50 mm should be provided with the help of leveller.

iii. WORKTOP:

To obtain the total workstation size of 3600mm Width x 750 mm Height, two work surfaces of size 1800width mm x 750 mm height shall be fixed above the under structure as per above details. These worksurfaces should be made up of plain particle board of thickness 25mm. One side shall be laminate &the other should be pre laminate. The edges of the work surface shall be machine pressed neatly with2mm thick PVC thick lipping. Plastic moulded nylon-6 type

Spacer should be provided in between the under structure and the worktop to maintain a gap of 20mm.

iv. Wire carrier:


Page 149 of 268

Table should be provided to carry data and electrical wires through the length of the workstation hence2 wire carriers made up of MS rod mesh tray structure which should enable entry of wires at any pointshould be affixed with cross connectors with help of MS plate holders. The length of the wire carriershall be 1660mm minimum. The wire carrier should be able to accommodate minimum 45 numbers ofData Wire of 6mm diameter or 18 numbers of 10 mm diameter power cables can be accommodated inwire carrier.




The Access flap should be made from Aluminium extrusion and ABS moulded ends should be cappedto both ends of extrusion. The flap shall be connected with a 90 degree opening hinge fitted on theinside edge of the aluminium extrusion making them discreet. Minimum dimensions shall be 370L x134W x 31H. It shall be connected to the worktop in the slot provided with the help of screws. TheAccess flap provides access to the Power box under the worktop. Power box shall be provided belowthe access flap. Facility for mounting of switches shall be provided on power box. Cable pole should beprovided which should act as a wire carrier to take wires vertically up. The cable pole assembly shouldbe made up of 705.0 L x 333 W x 0.8mm thick CRMS as per section IS: 513-1994. 2 no’s fixing bracketsmade up of 112.7 W x 50 W x 1.2mm thick and divider angle to separate data cable from power cableshould be made out of 540 L x 83.5 W x 0.8 mm thick should be spot welded with cable pole. The cablepole assembly should be coated with minimum 45 micron thickness of epoxy powder coating.


Page 150 of 268



Figure 1.13A

viii. QUALITY & SAFETY CERTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER



Page 151 of 268

ITEM 1.14: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DELIVERY COUNTER

i. OVERALL TABLE SIZE:

2700mm Width x 750mm Depth x 750mm Height.

Providing & placing in position Green guard certified workstation tables for registrar office. The Maintable of length 2700mm shall be made up of two work surfaces each of length 1350mm & one storagedrawer pedestal. This item should be supplied in Knock down condition duly packed in corrugatedpackets & supplied at the desired location safely. It shall then be unpacked & assembled properly tothe satisfaction of the purchaser


The main table shall consist of two main legs assemblies of size 750mm as the main support memberwhich should be joined with cross members to form under structure. One shared leg assembly shouldbe fitted to support the worktops in between & connect the cross members of the main legs assemblies.Shared leg’s base of the MS tube should be fitted with a glide plate of 47 x 47 x 5mm (as per IS: 20625mm HR) over which an M8 leveller should be fitted to allow adjustment of height up to 30mm. Theshared leg bracket should be made up of mild steel (IS: 513-1994, 2.5 mm CRMS) should be weldedon top side of shared leg for fixing two work stops in shared condition. Four cross connector membersof length 1273mm with two 100 x 55 x 5mm L-shaped connector brackets (IS: 2062 5mm HR) on eitherends of each cross connectors which should have countersunk holes and oblong slots (2 No’s each)should be used to connect the main legs & in between shared legs that is the span across the legassemblies. Two cross connectors should be fixed in each table of size 1800mm. The Legs & crossmembers used in this table should be fabricated by CO2 welded mild steel tube of section 50.8mm x50.8mm (IS: 7138 ERW Tube, 50.8 Sq. x 16BG) All the metal components should be duly powdercoated with epoxy after cleaning it with seven tank treatment process with average thickness of 50-60micron. Overall height adjustability up to +50 mm should be provided with the help of leveller.

iii. WORKTOP:

To obtain the total workstation size of 2700mm Width x 750 mm Height, two work surfaces of size 1350width mm x 750 mm height shall be fixed above the under structure as per above details. These worksurfaces should be made up of plain particle board of thickness 25mm. One side shall be laminate &the other should be pre laminate. The edges of the work surface shall be machine pressed neatly with2mm thick PVC thick lipping. Plastic moulded nylon-6 type spacer should be provided in between theunder structure and the worktop to maintain a gap of 20mm.

iv. Wire carrier:

Table should be provided to carry data and electrical wires through the length of the workstation hence2 wire carriers made up of MS rod mesh tray structure which should enable entry of wires at any pointshould be affixed with cross connectors with help of MS plate holders. The length of the wire carriershall be 1210mm minimum. The wire carrier should be able to accommodate minimum 45 numbers of


Page 152 of 268

Data Wire of 6mm diameter or 18 numbers of 10 mm diameter power cables can be accommodated inwire carrier.




The Access flap should be made from Aluminium extrusion and ABS moulded ends should be cappedto both ends of extrusion. The flap shall be connected with a 90 degree opening hinge fitted on theinside edge of the aluminium extrusion making them discreet. Minimum dimensions shall be 370L x134W x 31H. It shall be connected to the worktop in the slot provided with the help of screws. TheAccess flap provides access to the Power box under the worktop. Power box shall be provided belowthe access flap. Facility for mounting of switches shall be provided on power box. Cable pole should beprovided which should act as a wire carrier to take wires vertically up. The cable pole assembly shouldbe made up of 705.0 L x 333 W x 0.8mm thick CRMS as per section IS: 513-1994. 2 no’s fixing bracketsmade up of 112.7 W x 50 W x 1.2mm thick and divider angle to separate data cable from power cableshould be made out of 540 L x 83.5 W x 0.8 mm thick should be spot welded with cable pole. The cablepole assembly should be coated with minimum 45 micron thickness of epoxy powder coating.


One three drawer metal pedestal of size 390 mm width x 435 mm depth x 646 mm height should beprovided with each cubicle. The construction should be welded type & it should be made up of 0.8mmthick CRCA for body shell, drawer front & tray, front side stiffener, Rear side stiffener

& bottom. The top & bottom stiffener should be of 1.2 mm thick CRCA sheet. Drawers should beprovided with double extension precision ball slide. 10 lever cam lock & central locking with actuator &lock channel mechanism should be provided. Swivelling non-lockable castors mounted below the bodyshell should be provided. This metal pedestal should be finished with epoxy polyester powder coatedto the thickness of about 50 microns (+10)

Figure 1.14A


Page 153 of 268

viii. QUALITY & SAFETY CERTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER



Page 154 of 268

ITEM 1.15: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF SCANNING COUNTER

i. PARTITION PANEL

Partition panel should be made up of panel based system consisting of blocks & tiles. The blocks shouldbe made up of composite materials that are Medium density fibre board (MDF) and paper honeycomb.Thickness of system panel shall be 52mm. Partition panel shall consist of Tiles at the top & bottom leveland blocks at the intermediate level. Length of partition panel required shall be Four panel of 4 feeteach, One panel of 4.5 feet & One panel of 5 feet as per figure shown below. This item should besupplied in Knock down condition duly packed in corrugated packets & supplied at the desired locationsafely. It shall then be unpacked & assembled properly to the satisfaction of the purchaser

ii. Top & End Trim:


iii. Blocks:


iv. Tiles:

At the top side of the panel a laminated tile should be provided & at the bottom a metal tile should beprovided. Provision of switch sockets should be kept in the bottom tile as per make & model approvedby the department. Bottom tile should be made up of 0.6mm thick mild steel CRCA Grade D IS:513which shall be press fitted on to the assembly frame of the panel with the help of snap on clips made ofnylon-66 and support clips made from PP co polymer.

v. Extrusions:



Page 155 of 268

vi. Bottom Frame:


vii. Grouting Post:

One grouting post should be used to support panels on end side which should be covered with stabilitytrim. It shall be made up of MS HR plate of 2.5mm thickness with base plate of 5mm thick. It shall beconnected to the vertical extrusion of panel and it shall be grounded to the floor below with groutingbolts. Height of the stability post should be 1197mm

viii. Panel Joinery Post:

Two 2 way 90 degree post shall be used to join panels to make the scanning counter. It should be madeup of aluminium extrusion having material AL 96063- T6 and shall have average wall thickness of1.2mm. Die cast cap made of aluminium having similar material of extrusion should be used for coveringexposed top edge of panel at junction end.

ix. Levellers:

These panels should be supported on legs with levellers at various locations. Legs should be fabricatedby C02 welded mild steel tube of section 38 mm x 25 mm (IS: 7138 ERW Tube, 38 mm x 25 mm x 16BG) with base plate of the mild steel plate of 35 x 22 x 5mm (IS: 2062, 5mm HR) over which an M8leveller should be fitted to have adjustability of +50mm.


Page 156 of 268

x. Work surface:

Work surface shall be made up of 25mm thick Pre laminated particle board of approved shade interiorgrade conforming to IS: 12823. All the edges should be provided with machine pressed 2mm thick PVClipping glued with hot melt EVA glue. Circular cut out of 64mm for passing wires duly covered with ABScovers should be provided. 2 No’s of work surface of size 1199 width x 749 depth shall be provided.Work surface should be fixed with bracket made of 2mm thick CRCA grade D steel as per IS:513-19having 6 no’s ribs for increasing strength through round Philip head dia 4 x 19mm length having finishof zinc plated blue colour. One counter shelf of size 1049 width x 400mm depth shall also be providedfor interaction / transaction purpose with round edges as shown in figure. A bracket of 2mm thick CRCAgrade D steel as per IS: 513 should be used in mounting counter shelf of size 1149mm x 300mm

xi. Wire carrier:

The wire carrier body & cover should be made up of 0.8mm thick M.S CRCA Grade D as per IS: 513-1994

xii. STORAGE PEDESTAL:


FIGURE 1.15A

xiii. QUALITY & SAFETY CERTIFICATION OF MANUFACTURER



Page 157 of 268

4. Annexure IV- Functional Requirement Specification

4.1 FRS for Core Software

4.1.1 Online Request for Registration

Requirement ID Nature ofRequirement

Functionality Description

ORF.REG.001 Online Request forRegistration

The Citizen/Facilitator shall be able to fill the Registrationform online by logging on the web portal of Registrationthrough Internet. The citizen / facilitator shall be able toapply for the registration at any sub-registrar office in theState by filling an online application.

ORF.REG.002 Pre-Registration duediligence

The System shall cross check the details entered by theuser while filling the online application form for registrationof document by fetching the data from the centralizeddatabase. And will notify the competent authority bygenerating alerts and notifications in case of mismatch.

ORF.REG.003 Online Services The Web portal should have links to all the online servicesto be provided to citizens e.g. Online Request forRegistration, Circle Rate Survey/ DC rate, Nakals andCertificates (like NEC and Marriage Certificate) etc.Based on the link selected by the citizen / facilitator therelevant online form for registration should open up andask for the relevant details.


The Citizen/Facilitator shall be asked to select the type ofdeed and based on that the suitable workflow shall befollowed i.e. there are some deeds for which no village isrequired. Eg. adoption deed, deeds related to movableproperty etc.


The Online Request for Registration should have facilityto capture all the required details depending upon thetype of Registration (eg. Details of Buyer, Seller, Property,Transaction Area, Aadhaar No., PAN No. etc. in case ofSale Deed. While the details might be different in case ofa Will, Mortgage etc. All kind of registrations in the statewould require different kind of fields to be capturedthrough the online form). The Portal shall also havestandard deed / registration templates which could bedownloaded and used for writing the physical deed


The system shall have a Multiple search facility where theuser can search on basis of Owner Name , Village Name, Khasra Number and other parameters that shall befetched from the Integrated Land Records Database


Page 158 of 268




The system shall be capable enough to support MultipleProperty registration in a single registration application.Example the system should give the user the option toregister multiple properties across multiple villages ormultiple properties within the same village. The applicantshould be able to add as many property details undertransaction. However the type of registration should besame. E.g. It should be only a sale transaction /registration but not a mix of registration transactions i.e.sale and will or sale and mortgage.


The system shall have the provision of selection of bothMovable and Immovable property in a singleinstrument/transaction to be registered

ORF.REG.009 Property AreaMeasurementCalculator

The system shall convert the Land Area Unit into theStandard Unit of Measurement. Example Kacha Bigha/Pakka Bigha to Square Yards/ Square Metres. PropertyArea Measurement Calculator functionality needs to bedeveloped and integrated to allow standard reporting atthe higher levels, while retaining the local measurementformats for public convenience.


The system shall make the user fill the communication /notification details like Mobile Number of Applicant(mandatory) and email address (optional).The systemshall make the user fill all the mandatory fields else theform shall not be submitted. The online form should havesaved as one fills the form functionality so that the data isnot lost during form filling.


The system shall check 'Is there any stay orders/ courtorders or any mortgage case on the property?" beingselected by the citizen for registration and if there is suchissue, the system shall not allow the citizen to submit theonline form for registration. Even if the Citizen doesn'tselect the check for stay order, the online system shallcheck internally with the stay order database if theproperty under transaction is having stay order. If yes, thesystem shall notify the system online accordingly and willnot allow the transaction. However if the stay orderinformation is not available online internally, then again atthe time of registration at SRO office, the operator shouldhave functionality to check the stay order on the propertyas the stay order might have been given later.


The system shall auto generate the Unique TransactionReference Number (TRN) on successful submission ofthe Registration Form. (This Unique TRN would be


Page 159 of 268



referred till the end of Registration Transaction isapproved by the Sub Registrar.)

ORF.REG.013 Circle Rate Due-Diligence

If it is a sale registration, after generation of Unique TRN,the System should re-direct the Citizen / facilitator to thecircle rate survey request page, as a circle rate survey willbe mandatory to do any sale registration.In case of other registrations, the system shall not re-direct to survey page, since a survey is not mandatoryand the system shall direct the citizen / facilitator toappointment system.


On the survey request page, the system shallautomatically populate the Unique TRN as generatedafter submitting the Sale Registration Form to fetch theproperty and communication details. Citizen needs toconfirm the details and submit the Survey request form toproceed for survey fee payment.

ORF.REG.015 Payment Gateway The citizen / facilitator shall confirm the Circle Rate surveyrequest before proceeding to the payment stage

ORF.REG.016 Payment Gateway Once the request is confirmed the portal shall provideuser the option to proceed for payment to the paymentgateway

ORF.REG.017 Payment Gateway Payment gateway shall provide options for makingpayment through Net banking, Debit Card, Credit Card orOnline Wallet. An online wallet may be required since it isanticipated that various deed writers who would act asfacilitators to the citizens for submitting applications maynot have a credit card and would like to facilitate usingtheir money deposited in the online wallet. The service ofonline request for registration may also be availedthrough the Suwidha centres or CSC and henceintegration with online wallet is required as well.

System should be able to accept the payment throughmobile systems such as PayTM, Rupay, MPesa etc.

ORF.REG.018 Payment Gateway Payment gateway should provide secure transaction formaking payments

ORF.REG.019 Payment Gateway Payment gateway / portal should provide the users aconfirmation for payment made with transaction numberonscreen/ SMS / email etc. A successful paymenttransactions would mean an intimation to the Surveyorwould be made on real-time and an appointment slip isgenerated stating Surveyor name and contact details. Italso states that within next 24 hours the surveyor shallcontact the party for a suitable time for conducting survey


Page 160 of 268



within next 5-7 working days. (the business rule mayrequire to be changed on need basis and the systemshould be configurable enough and flexible enough tocater to such business rule definitions)

ORF.REG.020 SMS Gateway /EmailGateway

The system shall also provide necessary confirmation onthe appointment transactions in form of emails/ SMSalerts etc., with necessary transaction details (onregistered mobile no./email id's)


The system shall generate a fee receipt along with surveydetails (in non-editable pdf format) which can bedownloaded


The system shall maintain the transaction log which canbe downloaded in excel or pdf format


The system shall route the Circle Rate Survey requeststo the particular surveyor under whose area the land arealies

ORF.REG.024 Surveyor The system shall provide a separate login for a LicensedSurveyor to view the Circle Rate Survey requests (on theirdashboards) raised online by the citizens / facilitators.

ORF.REG.025 Surveyor The system shall provide a facility to the Surveyor to allota particular date and time to conduct the property survey.Also surveyor shall get contact details of parties so thathe can contact and fix up an appropriate appointmenttime. Surveyor shall be responsible to manage his fieldsurvey calendar and manage it efficiently so thatmaximum surveys could be conducted.

ORF.REG.026 Surveyor The system shall provide the surveyor the facility to takeprint out of each Circle Rate Survey request

ORF.REG.027 SMS/Email Gateway The system shall send an SMS , email (on registeredmobile no./email id's) to the Seller & Buyer with the detailsof the Survey appointment along with date, time andcontact details of the Surveyor

ORF.REG.028 Surveyor The system shall allow the surveyors to view his assignedtasks, delegated surveys and new survey requests withtheir details on a dashboard

ORF.REG.029 Mobile GIS app The Surveyor shall capture the GIS coordinates (i.e.Longitude/Latitude of property to create the parcelboundary of Building/Land), photographs using themobile GIS app. The Surveyor shall also collect otherdetails required for preparing the survey report. The mobile GIS app shall be capable to Pinpointlocations that fit your needs by setting your desiredcriteria using Smart Map Search. Further, it shall alsoperform keyword searches and get access to relevant


Page 161 of 268



information using network connectivity. The mobile GISapp shall be capable to Display and zoom to your currentlocation using GPS.

ORF.REG.030 Mobile GIS app The mobile GIS app shall be integrated with the systemwhich shall help the surveyor to create a survey reportand feed the captured details in the survey report. TheSystem shall be capable of for planning circle rate surveyusing cadastral Map / Satellite imagery / Google Map forhelp.The Survey report should have feature to capture vitaldetail as per rural / urban property e.g. GIS coordinates,photographs, features of land, property in the vicinity,impact on existing circle rate i.e. a x% of surcharge to beapplied on existing circle rate since there is a road thatgot constructed near the vicinity, or a mall has been builtnear the surveyed land, or a school, hospital has beenbuilt. All such relevant information capturing provision tobe provided. A survey report format needs to be designedconsidering all such factors

ORF.REG.031 Surveyor The system shall tag the Survey Report with the sameTRN (as generated after submitting the Online Form forregistration) and shall be uploaded into a centralisedsystem.


The system shall keep the validity of the survey reportwhich is parameterised and shall change as per thedecision of Department. The validity of the survey reportcan be cross checked by the QR Code printed on it


The system shall have such a provision that if anymismatch/ dispute is found or reported by the seller/buyerwhile conducting the Survey then the land/property will beflagged/captured in a system generated report which shallbe processed through dispute resolution committee

ORF.REG.034 SMS/Email Gateway The land owner will be notified through an systemgenerated SMS (on registered mobile no.) , email (ifprovided) about Circle rate of the particular property


The system shall provide an option to the citizen fordownloading and printing the circle rate details in non-editable pdf format by using the Unique TransactionNumber.


The circle rate shall have a unique QR code along withthe URL and date of issuance. The Survey Report shallbe validated for a validity date which is parameterized.The validity parameter should be configurable as perbusiness rules of department.


Page 162 of 268




After the extracting the data from Circle Rate database ofthe particular khasra no., the property valuation enginewill be triggered automatically

ORF.REG.038 Property ValuationEngine

The co-ordinates captured by the Surveyor during circlerate survey will determine property / Land lies underwhich circle rate and the system shall accordingly fetchthe corresponding circle rate for that area from the circlerate database

ORF.REG.039 Property ValuationEngine

The property value will be calculated by multiplying theland area by the prevailing circle rate of that zone.Property Value = Land/ Property Area * Circle Rate(Provided Area Measurement Units for land area getsconverted by the Measurement Unit Convertor in thesame units as per the Circle rates). System should beable to also fetch data from survey report for any impacton circle rate due/ DC rate of the particular khasra no. torecent field survey on the land (as mentioned in thesurvey report by the surveyor). This shall be helpful incalculating the applicable property value and shall keepthe system updated on rates applicable. However a duereason for any impact of survey on circle rate applicableshould also be provided by the system to the citizen in theproperty value report.

ORF.REG.040 Stamp DutyCalculator

The system shall also calculate the stamp dutypercentage based on the gender of the buyer as there aredifferent stamp duty rates for Males/Females/Jointownership of Male and Females


The system shall calculate the stamp duty based on thecalculated Property value multiplied by the appropriateStamp Duty PercentageStamp Duty = Property Value (as calculated by theproperty valuation engine) * Stamp Duty Percentage


The system shall have a provision for authorised users toupdate the stamp duty percentage in the database

ORF.REG.043 SMS/Email Gateway The system shall have notification feature so that an SMSor Email is sent to the Applicant informing about the statusof the Property Survey , Property valuation Details andStamp Duty + Registration Fees to be paid


The system shall save the Survey Report, Propertyvaluation Details and calculated Stamp Duty Details in thedatabase against the TRN which can beviewed/downloaded by the authorized users.


Page 163 of 268



ORF.REG.049 Database 1. Centralized databases should be maintained forRegistration, Land Records, GIS co-ordinates, CircleRates etc.2. All the updation will be made directly to the centralizedserver to reflect immediate changes3. Updation of record as well as viewing of record can bedone via internet through secured means4. Secured Authentication (Passwords/Biometrics etc.)for revenue officials would be required to access thedatabase for updation

ORF.REG.050 Portal Portal/application shall be mobile compatible and mobileoptimized so that services can be taken from the mobile /tab / smartphone also

ORF.REG.051 Portal The system should allow the authorised governmentofficials to search and view all the property associatedwith a particular citizen and the system should generatesuitable MIS reports


Page 164 of 268

4.1.2 E-Stamping

RequirementID

Nature ofRequirement


ESP.REG.001 E-stamping Integration The system shall allow stamp duty and Registration fee to bepaid only through E-stamping through Web or at SevaKendra. System should accept Credit card, debit card etc.options of the payment

ESP.REG.002 E-stamping Integration The system shall be Integrated with e-Stamping systemsthrough Secure Web

ESP.REG.003 E-stamping Integration The e-stamping system shall use the Unique TRN providedto the citizen and check with the Department's systemdatabase to fetch the stamp duty to be paid by the citizen

ESP.REG.004 E-stamping Integration After payment of stamp duty and Registration Fee the e-stamping system shall generate a unique e-stampingnumber which shall be updated in database (for validationpurposes)

ESP.REG.005 E-stamping Integration The authorized /Licensed e-stamping counter shall providethe e-stamping certificate & Registration fee slip to the citizen

ESP.REG.006 Deed Writing The system shall provide a facility to an authorized user toupload the standardized deed templates (tabular form) onthe website based on type of deeds which will bedownloadable (in pdf/doc format) for reference of citizens

ESP.REG.007 Deed Writing The system shall provide a Deed writing service which canbe availed from any facilitation counter at a standardized fee

ESP.REG.008 Deed Writing Once the Online application is submitted and Stamp duty ispaid through e-Stamping, citizen / facilitator can downloadthe standard deed formats for sale as applicable

ESP.REG.009 Deed Writing Citizen can download the standard deed templates any time

ESP.REG.010 Deed Writing Citizen / facilitator must use the standard deed templatesince it would be parameterized and easy to use

ESP.REG.011 Deed Writing Citizen / Facilitators prepare their deed in the standard formatand would need to bring it to the SRO at the appropriateappointment taken through the online system. Deed can beprepared any time before taking an appointment


Page 165 of 268

4.1.3 Appointment Module



APP.REG.001 Appointment The online appointment system shall be integratedwith property valuation engine and e-Stampingsolution. The property valuation engine will evaluatethe stamp duty to be paid by the citizen as per thecircle rate /DC rate. The citizen who pays the stampduty (through e-Stamping only) shall be able to bookan online appointment for registration of documents byentering the unique e-Stamping number

APP.REG.002 Appointment The Citizen/Facilitator shall access the web portal ofRegistration to book an appointment for Registration.The online form for Registration shall be capable ofaccepting inputs in English and Punjabi language.

System shall ask user to select the SRO locationwhere the applicant want to take the appointment forRegistration

APP.REG.003 Appointment System shall ask the user to select the registrationtype of deed (eg. Sale deed/ Wills/ GPA etc.)

APP.REG.004 Appointment System shall display the checklist of requireddocuments as per the selected registration type

APP.REG.005 Appointment System shall ask the Citizen, "Are the requireddocuments ready?" Yes / No and shall allow him toproceed only if he selects Yes

APP.REG.006 Appointment System shall have the provision to capture themandatory details of the citizen (Name, Address,Mobile number and Aadhaar Number, any other fieldas required)

APP.REG.007 Appointment System shall book an online appointment by enteringTRN and E-stamping number. If the appointment isbeing taken for Sale registration, e-Stamping ismandatory.The System should have flexibility to make e-Stamping mandatory / non-mandatory based on typeof registrations and business rules of the department.System should be configurable.For eg. Online appointment for marriage registrationshall be provided by system by entering TRN andAadhaar Number (instead of TRN and e-StampingNumber).

APP.REG.008 Appointment The system shall display the appointment calendar /schedule, displaying slots booked and available. Theappointment system should be configurable toincrease or decrease the number of appointments and


Page 166 of 268



modify the appointment timings. It should allow user toselect the appointment from available slot. The systemshall allow the user to book one particular date andtime slot for Registration Appointment ( from theavailable time slots )

APP.REG.009 Appointment The system shall send one time password (OTP) onmobile number of citizen after he selects the particulardate and time slot

APP.REG.010 Appointment The mobile number shall be validated by entering thereceived OTP in the system

APP.REG.011 Appointment The system shall block the selected available time slotand map it accordingly with the TRN and e-stampingnumber

APP.REG.012 Appointment System should generate an appointment slip (as anacknowledgement) in a downloadable and printableformat with all the details printed on it. The slip shouldclearly state the time and data of appointment and thatthe party need to reach the SRO at least 15-20 minsbefore the scheduled appointment and report at thereception

APP.REG.013 Appointment System shall also send appointment notification to theregistered Mobile number and email id

APP.REG.014 Appointment Re-Scheduling

System shall have the feature of re-scheduling theappointment either requested by citizen or by officialsfrom departmentThe system should be capable of rescheduling theappointment in case SR leaves the office or takes offdue some urgent call. In this case System should becapable of capturing the request through webapplication as well as mobile.


System should provide a facility to re-schedule to thecitizen through online /Seva Kendra before thescheduled date. System should capture the validreason by providing the options.


System should provide facility to the citizen for re-scheduling the appointment in case of deficiency ofdocuments at the SRO


The system should be capable of rescheduling theappointment in case SR leaves the office or takes offdue some urgent call. In this case System should becapable of capturing the request through webapplication as well as mobile. The system shallprovide a provision to Admin to allocate time slots forVIP Persons, Celebrities etc.


Page 167 of 268

4.1.4 Registration of Document Module

RequirementID



RM.REG.001 AnywhereRegistration

The Registration of Documents system shall be capable of AnywhereRegistration of documents in in the State including On-lineappointment& submission of documents, etc. Currently, due todecentralized system for registration a citizen can’t register hisproperty anywhere; thus, he has to mandatorily visit the SRO underwhich the jurisdiction of corresponding land lies. The SRO’ssometimes are very far and cause a lot of inconvenience to thecitizens. Now with the new centralized database, anywhereregistration facility shall provide the flexibility to access any nearbySRO to register the land property in the same district. The Systemshall have the capability to register property anywhere in the statebut initially it would be restricted to registration of properties within adistrict.

RM.REG.002 Reception The system shall provide a login to operator at SROs. The systemshall allow operator to enter / search the TRN (as mentioned on thesystem generated appointment slip) and system shall display thedetails of that particular TRN as submitted by the citizen (party) /facilitator on behalf of citizen (party)

RM.REG.003 Reception The system shall display the checklist of documents required for thatparticular type of registration (against the TRN entered) and ask theoperator to check "Whether all the documents have been brought bythe party?" - Yes or no. The operator needs to physically check therequired document and mark "yes" or "no" in the system against theTRN.

RM.REG.004 Reception If the operator enters 'yes' then the system shall generate a tokennumber and Operator will give swipe cards/access cards to theconcerned persons along with the token slip for entering into waitinghall

RM.REG.005 Reception If the operator enters 'no' then the system shall not generate a tokennumber and the operator will ask the party to bring the missingdocuments.

RM.REG.006 Pre-Presentation The system shall be integrated with the token system at SRO

RM.REG.007 Electronic QueueManagementSystem

Electronic Queue Management System “EQMS” shall be installed inthe SRO which will further integrate with the centralized database.


Should be able to handle at least 100 transactions per hour/day


Integration with all the counters so as to display the token numbersand counter numbers dynamically through a digital display system


Page 168 of 268

RequirementID




Integration with Token Issuance module of the system so as toachieve time stamping of various events like the issue of tokens tothe citizens, calling the citizen to the counter, completion oftransaction and passing on these parameters to the ILAS system


This sub-system would be used to track and measure the degree ofcompliance with the related SLAs on a continuous basis

RM.REG.012 Electronic TokenDispensingSystem

Should be integrated with EQMS module.


Should be able to dispense a printed token in less than 2 secondsspecifying the date, time, reference number and token number;


The tokens issued to walk-in applicants and those to onlineapplicants with appointment will have to be different in

RM.REG.015 Pre-Presentation The operator shall log into the system and shall call the party throughtoken and fetch their details by entering the Transaction referencenumber of the party

RM.REG.016 Pre-Presentation The system shall be integrated with land records database, circle ratedatabase, circle rate survey report database, registration databaseand e-Stamping database

RM.REG.017 Pre-Presentation The system shall check the validity of e-stamping certificate from thedatabase, circle rate survey report, Nakal of Jamabandi/Fard throughQR code Scanner (integrated with land records database), Aadhaarbased authentication for party identification and checks stamp duty.In case of Marriage registration, the operator shall only capture thebiometrics of the couple and photographs of the couple along withtheir witness.

RM.REG.018 Pre-Presentation The system shall check if the stamp duty paid by the party (at thetime of deed execution) through e-stamping matches the stamp dutyat the time of presentation to SR. In case of deficient stamp duty, thesystem shall display an alert to the operator and the operator shallbe able to put his remarks and forward to SR for his decision(regarding deficient stamp duty).

RM.REG.019 Pre-Presentation The operator should capture the PAN card details by entering thePAN number which can be tagged with the transaction details of eachregistration. If PAN card is not available with the citizen, the citizenshould provide the duly signed Form 60 to the operator.

RM.REG.020 Pre-Presentation The operator shall move further only if all documents are correct andshall capture the photographs and thumb impressions/biometrics ofthe party which will be stored in the registration database against theTRN


Page 169 of 268

RequirementID



RM.REG.021 Pre-Presentation The system shall have the provision to integrate with Aadhaar,Central Board of Direct Taxation (CBDT) Department, TreasuryDepartment and Banks

RM.REG.022 Pre-Presentation The operator shall insert the comments (if any issue/correctionsrequired) and forwards it to SR by tagging with the TRN in the system

RM.REG.023 Pre-Presentation The operator shall then release the token number from that operatorslist and the token number shall move to the Sub Registrars list forPresentation

RM.REG.024 Waiting Hall The citizen shall go back to the waiting area and wait for the tokennumber to be displayed at the Sub Registrars counter/cabin

RM.REG.025 Presentation The operator at SR cabin shall call the party through token system

RM.REG.026 Presentation The Sub Registrar shall have login into the system with BiometricAuthentication

RM.REG.027 Presentation The Sub Registrar shall fetch the details from system by entering theTransaction reference number of the party

RM.REG.028 Presentation The Sub Registrar shall now check the comments (if any) entered bythe operator at Pre-Presentation Counter, check the demarcatedland parcel by surveyor on GIS (survey data and report will need tobe also integrated with registration system) and shall cross check theparty identity , scrutinize documents, question both parties and takethe decision to Approve or Reject the Registration of document

RM.REG.029 Presentation If Sub Registrar rejects or impound the registration of deed undersection 33, section 47A as per stamp act 1908 then the Sub Registrarshall enter the reason for rejection and the refused deed will becaptured in “Book-2” database and it will send the reference to the e-stamping database for refund.

RM.REG.030 Presentation If Sub Registrar approves the Registration of document then the SubRegistrar shall digitally approve through biometrics and digitalsignature and the registration shall be subject to the registration feesas per the department

RM.REG.031 Presentation The system shall be capable enough to create a log of all deedspresented to SR (like refused deeds/impound deeds/approveddeeds) along with details of land, party and SR

RM.REG.032 Presentation The system shall also flag/mark the properties which have beenrefused and impounded for future retrieval

RM.REG.033 Presentation The Operator at SR cabin shall then print a system generatedendorsement which shall have the photographs and thumbimpressions of the party (which were captured at pre presentationcounter). The system generated endorsement shall have a uniqueregistration number which shall be stored in the registration databaseand tagged with the TRN. Both party and SR shall also physicallysign at the designated place on the endorsement.


Page 170 of 268

RequirementID



In case of Marriage registration, the marriage certificate will beprinted on biometric approval given by SR.

RM.REG.034 Scanning &uploading

The registration documents shall be passed on to the scanningcounter by the operator at SR cabin without any citizen interferenceand it shall be linked with the registration number


The scanning of the registration documents shall be done withsystem generated indexing and metadata and shall be uploaded in acompressed format to the centralised system at the data centre andreplicated at near data centre site and the disaster recovery siteautomatically


Some confidential deeds like wills and adoption deeds shall only bescanned by SR using his biometrics and such types of confidentialdeeds shall be kept by SR under his supervision.

RM.REG.037 Mutation Initiation The system shall trigger / initiate the mutation process and shallmake relevant entries into the digitized books and indexes as per thetype of deeds. System shall generate online Memorandum/Mutationorder.The marriage certificates shall be captured in a marriage databasewith proper indexing in digitized form for easy retrieval.

RM.REG.038 Mutation Initiation The system shall auto lock the land parcel till mutation is approved

RM.REG.039 Mutation Initiation The system shall be capable of generating Mutation notices to buyer, seller and public

RM.REG.040 GeneratingNotices

Implementation Agency shall give these notices to both seller, buyerand public notices to be pasted on property(urban) or panchayat(rural) and Newspaper on urgent basis with high priority as per theSLA's

RM.REG.041 Delivery The citizen shall go back to the waiting area and wait for the tokennumber to be displayed at delivery counter

RM.REG.042 Delivery The operator at delivery counter shall enter the TRN in the systemand check the status of fee collection

RM.REG.043 Delivery If the status of TRN in the system is updated as fee collected thenthe operator shall display the token number of the concerned party

RM.REG.044 Delivery The citizen shall collect the registered deed/ certificate from thedelivery counter on display of their token number

RM.REG.045 Delivery The system should keep a log of delivered documents and also keeptrack of the total time taken at each counter and overall time takenfrom start till end to deliver the registered document for SLAmonitoring purpose

RM.REG.046 Access card The citizen shall deposit the access card at exit gate to exit the SRObuilding and the system shall capture a log/report of the entry /exittime based on access card activity


Page 171 of 268

RequirementID



RM.REG.047 Audio videorecording system

The system shall be capable of an audio video recording systemsetup in SR cabin to record the audio video especially in the case ofregistration of will. The recording shall be properly indexed by thesystem and stored in the centralized database for easy retrieval.

RM.REG.048 Workflow The system should be capable of the multiple job assignment to theuser

RM.REG.049 Auto-locking The system shall generate the fee-receipt and initiate the mutationprocess by auto-locking the land parcel till the mutation is approved.

The user at delivery desk will hand over the registered deed to theparty after checking the status of fee payment by entering the TRNin the system.

RM.REG.050 Mutation Notice The system shall make relevant entries in the digitized books andindexes according to the type of deed.

The system shall generate mutation notices for buyer, seller andpublic after due approval of SR.

RM.REG.051 Mutation Notice The system shall allow showing all village wise notices. Status ofmutations shall be shown on the basis of registration deed numberand date under this.

RM.REG.052 General The system shall be integrated with Workflow Management system.

In case of lapses of the scheduled appointment by the citizen,System shall be capable of providing the facility of re-appointment tothe citizen.


Page 172 of 268

4.1.5 Land Record Management Module

Requirement ID Nature of Requirement Functionality Description

MUT.LR.001 Mutation Notification The system shall show all the mutation initiated fromthe registration system and online mutation requests(by citizen/court orders) in a dashboard to the Patwari,Kanungo and CRO.

MUT.LR.002 Mutation Notification The system shall populate all the details related to themutation request from registration Database and landrecord Database

MUT.LR.003 Mutation Mutation module shall be integrated with RoR

MUT.LR.004 Mutation The system shall forward the request to the Patwari.The system shall give the Patwari an option to initiate(by adding Compulsory Comments) the mutation andforward to the next level.

MUT.LR.005 Mutation Notification The system shall show all the new mutation requestsforwarded by Patwari in a dashboard to the Kanungo

MUT.LR.006 Mutation The system shall provide the Kanungo an option toprovide comments on the request, received fromPatwari or address the comments forwarded byPatwari with the Digitized Jamabandi

MUT.LR.007 Mutation The system shall give the Kanungo an option to returnthe mutation request to Patwari (if he is not satisfiedwith the Changes/Concerns raised by the Patwari) forchanges in Jamabandi

MUT.LR.008 Mutation If the Kanungo approves the mutation requestforwarded by Patwari then the system shall have aprovision to forward the mutation request to CRO withhis comments/remarks

MUT.LR.009 Mutation If CRO is satisfied with the comments/remarks enteredby Kanungo & Patwari then the system shall create amutation hearing schedule (with allotted date andtime) which shall be displayed in the dashboard ofPatwari , Kanungo and CRO else for any concernsCRO shall revert the request to Kanungo.

MUT.LR.010 Mutation Notification The system shall be capable of generating a SMS / e-mail notification to the party regarding the mutationhearing schedule (with allotted date and time) on theirregistered mobile no./email address

MUT.LR.011 Mutation The system shall give an option to CRO toapprove/reject the mutation request for which hearinghas been scheduled

MUT.LR.012 Mutation The system shall capture approval from CRO (throughdigital signatures) and the Jamabandi will be updated(in case of rural). In case of Urban new entry will getcreated in Jamabandi (currently there is no record for


Page 173 of 268


Urban land parcels so system will start creatingdatabase for urban automatically)

MUT.LR.013 Mutation The system shall have a provision if the CRO rejectsthe mutation request in case of any objection raised bypublic/seller/buyer/Government. In that case, the landparcel will get unlocked without updating theJamabandi. The system shall capture the reasons ofrefusal given by CRO and forward it to DisputeResolution team for further action and system shallupdate a dispute flag.

MUT.LR.014 Mutation The system shall have a provision to generate noticesto seller and buyer in case the mutation is rejected bythe CRO and IA shall give these notices to both seller,buyer and public notices to be pasted onproperty(urban) or panchayat (rural) and Newspaperon urgent basis with high priority as per the SLA'sThe system should have capability of sending noticesthrough email and sms.All the notices should be posted on the website (districtwise/ village wise/tehsil/sub-tehsil wise)

MUT.LR.015 Mutation The System shall notify CRO if 30 days have beenpassed since mutation was initiated and no objectionshave been raised (by seller, buyer, public, andGovernment), the system shall automatically approvethe mutation

MUT.LR.016 Mutation The system shall have a provision for CRO to approveand the system shall generate / assigned UniqueProperty Identification Number (UPIN) and update theJamabandi with this UPIN

MUT.LR.017 Mutation The UPIN shall be generated and assigned differentlyin case of merger of land or split of land. In case ofmerger the old UPINS will get deactivated and a newUPIN will get generated linked to old UPINs. In caseof split of land the old UPIN will get deactivated andnew UPINS will get generated but linked to the OldUPIN.

MUT.LR.018 Mutation The deactivated UPIN shall not be repeated but will bestored in the land record database for record purposes

MUT.LR.019 Mutation There should be an edit facility for Sehat Indraj withproper approval in a mutation module

MUT.LR.020 Mutation There should be a provision of recording Sehat IndrajMUT.LR.021 Mutation There should be a provision for the mutation of

Akhrajnama


Page 174 of 268


MUT.LR.022 Mutation In case of locked Khewat, the owners should not beable to mutate their land

MUT.LR.023 Mutation The system shall be capable of handling contestedmutationThe system should be capable to roll back thechanges in Jamabandi after due approval of theconcerned authority

MUT.LR.023 Mutation The system shall be capable of handling appeal casesduring mutation. In such cases, the system shall becapable of forwarding such issues to the higherauthorities and tag such land parcels for futurereference

CRE.LR.001 Circle Revenue The system shall be capable of execute followingfunctions:

i. Updating land record data as perCRO’s approval

ii. Possession & Survey,iii. Nishan Dehi / Demarcationiv. Government Land Management

CRE.LR.002 Circle Revenue In case of issues like eexecution of warrants related tofinancial / legal recoveries and any land recorddisputes, the CRO module shall be capable offorwarding such issues to higher authorities

RW.LR.023 Roznamcha Waqiati There should be a Provision to maintain patwar-halkawise Roznamcha

RW.LR.024 Roznamcha Waqiati There should be a Provision to enter details of Khasrasin case the Khasras are not available in the currentJamabandi

RW.LR.025 Roznamcha Waqiati There should be a Provision to enter special ordersregarding Khewats, Khasras and Khataunis

RW.LR.026 Roznamcha Waqiati There should be a Provision to reflect the Roznamchacomments in the Jamabandi

RW.LR.027 Roznamcha Waqiati There should be a Provision to enter module specificentries like order related to Mutation, Girdawari etc.

RW.LR.028 Roznamcha Waqiati There should be a Provision to generate all thereports of Roznamcha on the basis of Khewats,Khasras and Khataunis (all categories)The system shall have provision to generate “Tatimafield book” after capturing required details.

RW.LR.029 Roznamcha Waqiati There should be a Provision to edit the record enteredby data entry operator

RW.LR.030 Roznamcha Waqiati There should be a Provision to record the reason andconditions for the locking of a Khewat


Page 175 of 268


FB.LR.031 Field Book Front-end validation for validation of the dataentered through this module

FB.LR.032 Field Book Provision to generate Nakal of Field BookFB.LR.033 Field Book Provision to enter the area of a field in Jamabandi

through this moduleFB.LR.034 Field Book Any special feature in the Khasra must be specified

and entered in the Field BookFB.LR.035 Field Book There must be a validation check to match the Area

calculated from the Field Book with the dimensions asper the Musavi and Jamabandi

Field book shall be integrated with mutation moduleSN.LR.036 Shajra Nasab Provision to capture the family details and generate

the family treeSN.LR.037 Shajra Nasab Provision to automatically update Shajra Nasab

after approval of a mutationSN.LR.038 Shajra Nasab Provision to capture special symbols and colour

coding to distinguish owners based on variousparameters like gender, relation etc.

SN.LR.039 Shajra Nasab The mutation number should be mentioned in front ofthe owner in the Nakal of Shajra Nasab

SN.LR.040 Shajra Nasab If the mutation is not sanctioned then the same has tobe entered with a pencil note and if it is sanctionedthen it has to be entered in red ink

SN.LR.041 Shajra Nasab During the master's entry of the owner's name, anoption box asking whether the person is dead or aliveshould be asked

SN.LR.042 Jamabandi Integrated with all land record management modulesand Registration system

SN.LR.043 Jamabandi Auto updation of Jamabandi on mutation approvals

SN.LR.044 Jamabandi Provision to online view and generate a Nakal ofJamabandi

SN.LR.045 Jamabandi Provision to view the updated Jamabandi at anyinstance

SN.LR.046 Jamabandi The complete flow for correction in Jamabandi (FardBadar) should be incorporated in the system

SN.LR.047 Jamabandi The system should provide proper MIS for re-validation of Jamabandi after the Daur period (as andwhen requested by the Department)


Page 176 of 268


KG.LR.48 Khasra Girdawari The Girdawari is updated every 6 months i.e. once forRabi and once for Kharif crops every year. Thesoftware shall have the capability of forwarding theland record information from previous seasons tocurrent season.The system shall be able to generate KhasraGirdawari Register as per Land Record Manual.

KG.LR.049 Khasra Girdawari The Khasra Girdawari module shall be integrated withthe RoR. The system shall be capable of real timeupdation of Khasra Girdawari register, after theapproval from the concerned authorities.

KG.LR.050 Khasra Girdawari A report should be generated with respect to crop typeland type and sources of irrigation.There should be a facility to capture Rapat Nos., Courtorders(with details) and Tehsildar orders

KG.LR.051 Khasra Girdawari There should be an option for finding owner-wisecultivator details

KG.LR.052 Khasra Girdawari There should be provision to enter special GirdawarisKG.LR.053 Khasra Girdawari There should be a provision to carry forward the

Khasra Girdawari details from the previous years tospecify Land Type

KG.LR.054 Khasra Girdawari Any changes in ownership through mutation shall bereflected in Khasra GirdawariAny change in cultivator during the survey by Patwarishould be reflected in the Khasra Girdawari

KG.LR.055 Khasra Girdawari There should be a provision to make the newKhatauni if the owner changes

KG.LR.056 Khasra Girdawari The system shall be capable of changing the LandType, Crop type and sources of irrigation etc. and suchchanges should be reflected in khasra Girdwari

KG.LR.057 Khasra Girdawari The Khasra Girdawari system should be mobileenabled/compatible so that Patwari’s can enter datausing hand held in order to achieve objective ofpaperless office.

KG.LR.058 Khasra Girdawari The flow for correction in Khasra Girdawari should beincorporated in the system

MOR.LR.059 Mortgage The system shall allow the registration authority tocapture the details of every mortgage or de-mortgageof property/land parcel as a part of registration ofmortgage.

MOR.LR.060 Mortgage The system will provide an interface to the banks tomortgage or de-mortgage a property after approvalfrom competent authority.


Page 177 of 268


PAR.LR.061 Partition The partition module shall be integrated withJamabandi, field book and cadastral maps. Forexample: in case of partition, the ownership details fornew two land parcels should be reflected inJamabandi, field book and cadastral maps.

This module will have parameter where number ofparts in which property has to be divided is to beprovided.

PAR.LR.062 Partition The property identifying data and property usage datafor each of the partitioned part would be recorded.

PAR.LR.063 Partition New Unique Property Identification Number will beassigned to each partitioned which will be linked to theoriginal “mother UPIN”.

PAR.LR.064 Partition Linkages of original property and its owner &partitioned property & its owners would be maintained.

PAR.LR.065 Partition Partitioned Property will be available for transfer afterconfirmation by verifier. Sub-division and transferwould be carried out as separate transactions.

PAR.LR.066 Partition The System will not allow partitioned in case ofpending mortgage, judicial proceedings or specifiedtagging.

PAR.LR.067 Partition System shall be capable of handling all types of stagesof partitions like Naksha Alif, Bey & Zeem etc.

MER.LR.068 Merger The merger module shall be integrated withJamabandi, field book and cadastral maps. Forexample: in case of merger, the ownership details forthe merged land parcel should be reflected inJamabandi, field book and cadastral maps.

System shall be capable to combine two or moreproperties to form one piece of land in case of mergertransaction. New UPIN will be generated for mergedproperty.

MER.LR.069 Merger This transaction could be merger by private individualof multiple properties or land reorganisation ofmultiple types including land acquisition, landagglomeration, land re-distribution by Governmentalagencies which transforms the original land to createa public infrastructure (say SEZ/road).


Page 178 of 268


MER.LR.070 Merger System will provide linkages between new UPIN andthe UPINs of the original pieces of land that gotmerged.

MER.LR.071 Merger Merger transaction will have a field to record remark toindicate reason for merger.

MER.LR.072 Merger The System will not allow merger in case of pendingmortgage, Judicial proceedings or specified tagging.

MER.LR.073 Merger After the merger of multiple properties, it can bemapped to a specific category (like SEZ/ROAD/Colony) with a unique ID (eg SEZ-001)

MER.LR.074 Merger In case more properties are added to the sameinfrastructure (eg SEZ 001) the ID will remain thesame. The UPIN of the new property after merging ofthe additional properties will be different

MER.LR.075 Merger The system will maintain the audit trail of each mergeragainst the unique ID.

TAG.LR.076 Tagging The system shall allow authorised users to flagfollowing additional information pertaining to property.

i. Rival claim of ownershipii. Restrictive Covenantsiii. Statutory Prohibitionsiv. Rights of Pre-Emptionv. Age & Transfer Restrictionsvi. Easementsvii. Judicial Order

TAG.LR.077 Tagging Master list of tags will be maintained in the centralsystem.

TAG.LR.078 Tagging System administrator will be able to add new tags tothis master.

TAG.LR.079 Tagging The System will not allow ownership transfer in caseof pending mortgage, judicial proceedings or specifiedtagging.

TAG.LR.080 Tagging The System will not allow any other transaction oncetagging is done.

TAG.LR.081 Tagging Provision for removal of TAG will be given withappropriate maker – checker / digital securitycertificate based option.


Page 179 of 268

4.1.6 Nakal Module



NAK.LR.001 Nakal Request The system shall be able to address the different typesof Nakal requests (like Jamabandi, Mutation, KhasraGirdawari, Old Registry) and Nakals of Musavis, MapSheets and Village Maps as made by the user. If acultivator requires a Nakal of the Khasra Girdawarithen all the Khasra numbers cultivated by thatcultivator should be shown in that Nakal.

NAK.LR.002 Nakal Request The system shall be able to perform multiple searches(like owner name/Khasra number/district/tehsil/villagename) from the integrated land record and registrationdatabases

NAK.LR.003 Nakal Request On selection of a particular record, the system shallallow the user to view the Nakal document online

NAK.LR.004 Nakal Request The system shall allow the user to download the Nakalby paying the fee online

NAK.LR.005 Nakal Request The system shall have an option to calculate the totalcost for downloading the entire Nakal( Cost per page to be charged )

NAK.LR.006 Nakal Request The system shall be integrated with secured paymentgateway to process the service fee

NAK.LR.007 Nakal Request The system shall provide the user to pay the Nakalfees online through Credit Cards/Debit Cards/InternetBanking. After payment the system shall send an OTP(on the mobile number entered by the user) to the userfor downloading the Nakal online

NAK.LR.008 Nakal Request In case the Nakal is requested at Seva Kendra/ UnifiedService Delivery Center, the system shall access theIntegrated Databases (Land Records and Registrationof documents), search the record and print the Nakal(without sending an OTP) and charge the Nakal Feefrom the Citizen

NAK.LR.009 Nakal Request The system should provide the users a confirmationfor payment made with transaction number through anonscreen message / SMS / email etc. SMS, E-mailalerts will be delivered through SMS / email gateways

NAK.LR.010 Nakal Request The copy of Nakal shall have a unique QR code alongwith the URL and date of issuance. The copy of Nakalshall be validated for a validity date which isparameterized

NAK.LR.011 Nakal Request The Nakal module must have the following two typesof Nakal to be given the citizens: - A) Detailed Nakal,in which all the owners in the Khewat must be shown.B)Short Nakal, in which only the details of the


Page 180 of 268



applicant for Nakal is shown and rest of the detailsshould be marked as 'Badastur'

NAK.LR.012 Nakal Request All the Khewats of an individual owner including shareof ownership in all his Khewats should be displayed ina single page

NAK.LR.013 NEC Request The system shall have a provision to address therequest for NEC (Non-Encumbrance Certificate) madeby the user online

NAK.LR.014 NEC Request The system shall be able to perform multiple searches(like owner name/Khasra number/district/tehsil/villagename) from the integrated land record database

NAK.LR.015 NEC Request On selection of a particular record, the system shallask the user to pay the download Fee online throughCredit Cards/Debit Cards/Internet Banking. Afterpayment the system shall send an OTP (on the mobilenumber entered by the user) to the user fordownloading the NEC online. The downloaded NECdocument shall bear a unique QR code along with theURL and date of issuance. The NEC shall be validatedfor a validity date which is parameterized

NAK.LR.016 NEC Request In case the NEC is requested at SRO, the system shallaccess the Integrated Databases (Land Records andRegistration of document), search the record and printthe NEC (without sending an OTP) and charge theNEC Fee from the Citizen

4.1.7 Integration with Third Party Applications

RequirementID

Nature of Requirement Functionality Description

UID.INT.001 Integration with UID The Registration of document form shall have an additionalfield for capturing Aadhaar Number against each appointmenttaken for registration. This shall also mean each PropertyNumber would get linked with Aadhaar Number(s).Authentication service from Authentication Service Agencies(ASA) of UIDAI to be leveraged. Implementation agency couldbecome an AUA (Authentication User Agency) or assist theDepartment to apply for AUA with UIDAI.

UID.INT.002 Integration with UID The citizen shall be required to provide the Aadhaar Number(mandatory) when they come to avail registration service sothat their identity can be validated by capturing their biometrics


Page 181 of 268

RequirementID


UID.INT.003 Integration with UID Once the Aadhaar number is entered into the application forappointment form the portal shall store the entered number inthe registration database by tagging it with the TRN

STD.INT.004 Integration with StateTreasury Department

The system shall provide an Interface to State TreasuryDepartment. The system shall provide limited access totreasury users on Authentication basis

STD.INT.005 Integration with IFMS The system shall be integrated with Integrated financialmanagement system (IFMS)

STD.INT.006 Integration with StateTreasury Department

The application shall generate MIS report with reconciliation ofthe cash deposited in treasury account on daily, weekly,monthly and yearly basis

CBDT.INT.007 Integration with CBDT The system shall provide an Interface with CBDT for PANVerification

CBDT.INT.008 Integration with CBDT The system shall provide limited access to CBDT users onAuthentication basis

CBDT.INT.009 Integration with CBDT The system shall generate MIS report (on daily, weekly,monthly and yearly basis) with PAN Card/Form 60 details of allthe Citizens who makes the land transactions in SRO's

BNK.INT.010 Integration with Banks The system shall provide an Interface to BanksBNK.INT.011 Integration with Banks The system shall provide limited access to Authorized Bank

users on authentication basisBNK.INT.012 Integration with Banks The system shall provide customised search option to the

Authorized Bank users for accessing the details of Mortgagecases against the property details mentioned in theFard/Registered Deeds or by validating the NEC by their URL's

BNK.INT.013 Integration with Banks Following details will be shared by the Bank which will checkedand approved by competent authority in the Department:

i. Name of the Bank or lender

ii. Tenure of loan

iii. Loan amount

iv. Mortgage Release Date

v. Registration Reference No.

vi. Registration Date

vii. Stamp Duty Paid

viii. Owner’s name

ix. Village

x. Khewat Number

xi. Khasra Number

BNK.INT.014 Integration with Banks The system shall provide an Interface to Banks to provide nodues certificate (NOC) for loan clearance against the property.


Page 182 of 268

RequirementID


According to the bank NOC, the Jamabandi can be updatedby the authorized user

SDG.INT.015 Integration with SSDG The system shall provide an Interface with State servicedelivery gateway (‘SSDG’). The web user (Citizen/ Dealer)shall first be routed to State service delivery gateway fromdepartment portal and after data and identity scrutiny shall berouted to department back office. The generic connectors willbe provided by State and the application services specificconnectors will be developed by the implementation agencyfor the DoR. The SSDG will help system integrate with otherdepartments like Municipal and Improvement trust systems foridentification of property or building bylaws and plan approvalstatus and data & Electricity Board for dues.

UA.INT.0016 Integration with UrbanAuthorities

The System shall be integrated with Urban Authoritiesincluding PUDA, Municipal Corporation, Council andCommittee.

UA.INT.017 Integration with UrbanAuthorities

The system shall have an interface with PUDA and capturedetails of the approved residential colonies / commercialprojects with digitized maps. The system shall capturecommon areas detail and entitlement of usage of thesecommon areas to each buyer. This will help in making systemmore transparent and buyer informed about the common areasentitlement in each approved project.

PPO.INT.018 Integration with Passport/PIO card and others

The system shall have the provision / capability to integratewith Passport / PIO card holders and others type of cardholders, which can be used to authenticate the identity of Non-resident Indian (NRIs).

SK.INT.019 Integration with SevaKendras

The system shall have the provision / capability to integratewith Seva Kendras. The following services can be accessedby citizens online or though Seva Kendras Department ofGovernance reforms, Punjab initiative:

i. Nakal Jamabandi

ii. Nakal Map

iii. Nakal Registration

iv. Non - Encumbrance Certificate

v. Nakal Mutation

vi. Nakal Girdawari

vii. Online Appointment forRegistration of Documents

viii. Mutation service request


Page 183 of 268


Page 184 of 268

4.1.8 Circle Rate Module



WEB.CR.001 Circle RateModule

The system shall provide a separate login for an AuthorisedGovernment Officials for uploading the Circle rates in the CircleRate Database. The System shall capture the recommendationsby the Surveyor about revision of circle rates of a particular landarea/zone.


The Circle Rates of whole state shall be available to be viewedand downloaded from the Online Portal of Registration for all theCitizens


All these authorised government official users would be able toview the District wise, Tehsil wise, Sub-Tehsil and Zone wisecircle rates in any SRO.


The System shall allow this authorised government official usersto edit and save the Circle Rates


The System shall update the changes done by the authorisedgovernment official users in the Circle rates by capturing theirDigital signature for authentication


The system shall maintain log of any changes in Circle rates


The system shall provide the functionality for creating andmodifying Area/Zone/Circle/Segment/location by the authorizedusers


Page 185 of 268

4.1.9 Portal Development

RequirementID


Requirement Description

POR.REQ.001 FunctionalRequirements

A web portal shall be designed in accordance to the advancecontent management system for the Department. All thedepartment information for dissemination and online services to beprovided to citizens will be part of portal to be developed. The portalshall contain admin section where selected users shall be providedauthentication for accessing the portal content on the basis of rolebased access. Web portal shall have a citizen section whereincitizen can access the information related to the Department.


Website/portal should follow the eGov Standards in theimplementation and managing the contents.


Portals provide a way for enterprises and organizations to providea consistent look and feel with access control and procedures formultiple applications and databases, which otherwise would havebeen different web entities at various URLs.


The features available may be restricted by whether access is byan authorized and authenticated user (employee, member) or ananonymous site visitor.


The portal will provide information about Department of Revenue,Government of Punjab. Information about department structure,services offered and key notifications etc. to the citizen communityhave to be included. The PLRS website can be merged with thisportal. Content architecture of the portal shall be in accordance withState Portal Framework (SPF).


All information and services being published on state portal mustmandatory have metadata as specified in NIC State PortalFramework (SPF).


The portal would primarily be available in multilingual languagePunjabi & English.


Shall be available anytime, anywhere: The portal will be available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, and accessible from anywhere inthe world via the internet. While the technology shall be availableround the clock, functional support might be available only duringthe normal working day.


Shall be accessible from a variety of channels: The portal can beaccessed via a variety of established channels, including individualusers (through PCs), Common Citizen Service Centres,Government Service delivery counters etc.


Page 186 of 268

RequirementID




Shall be capable enough to exchange information & servicesseamlessly across state government departments as well ascentral metadata repository as specified in SPF. This exchangeshould be in accordance with SPF


Content Management System: A robust content managementsystem should be in place so that the Content can be regularlyupdated.


The proposed system should allow the flexibility to:-

i. Add a new service under Department of Revenue for LandRecords and Registration Portal

ii. Add/Edit feature in the portal.iii. Add/Edit features in Centralized Application


The system would be integrated with payment gateway used forcollecting payments from the user i.e. Fees etc.


An SMS gateway and Mailing solution would also be integrated withthe system for notifications


The portal shall be capable of being integrated with various socialmedia platforms to provide Citizens / User Interface.


Multiple user levels should be provided to manage the hierarchyand log updation for each of the activities should be embedded.Website/ Portal shall contain organization chart, Details of Sub-Registrar offices, List of Sub-Registrar and their contact details withemail id.


The Portal shall have organization chart in a separate section andshall have details of each of the levels including currentlydesignated officer details.


The portal shall have a contact section wherein contact detailsincluding email, mobile number, Addresses of the Governmentofficials including SROs, DROs etc. shall be available.


IA shall design “My Property” page wherein all the property of theparticular user could be seen (Every user would be having his userid and password to access this report). The report shall beintegrated with Portal.


Page 187 of 268

RequirementID




IA shall design “Property in Punjab” page in the portal wherein auser can see the property details in the state including Location,Property Type, Collector rate, Disputed/Non disputed, landmark,description etc. so that citizen can evaluate the property beforebuying it.


Page 188 of 268

4.2 FRS for Other Software

4.2.1 Enterprise Workflow Management

RequirementID



EWM.REQ.001 FunctionalRequirement

The module shall support a web based GUI through whichworkflows can be graphically designed.


The module shall support view for Top-level status diagram (forbusiness users).


The module shall support view for detailed technical diagram (forImplementers).


The module shall support “drag and drop” of workflow componentsso that process model can be designed and / or modified by non-technical users.


The module shall store process models in a structured repository in“draft”, “final” and “approved” (or equivalent) modes.


The module’s workflow engine shall support both Task driven andgoal driven process descriptions.


The module shall support automatic instance creation based onexternal data inputs (from other modules) and/or events.


The module shall have provision for generating reports and trackstatus of workflow instances.


The workflow shall allow multi-step approval routing. Nonrepudiation of workflow is to be ensured using digital signaturecertificates.


The module shall allow workflows to have multiple concurrentstatuses (separate statuses for separate instance).


The module shall maintain separate workflows involving sameapprover for different Registration of document and Land Recordsprocesses.


In cases of exception, the module shall allow for workflows to be re-routed manually. Only privileged user shall be allowed to overrideworkflow and engine shall generate audit reports and send e-mailnotifications of exceptions to designated authorities.


The module shall allow workflows to be re-routed and /or activatedbased on time. The time thresholds for re-routing should beconfigurable.


The module shall allow workflows to be re-routed and /or triggeredbased on external events and data inputs for other modules.


The module shall support subsequent workflow steps to beactivated automatically upon completion of previous steps


The module shall support subsequent workflow steps to beactivated manually without requiring completion of previous stepsin special cases. Only privileged user shall be allowed to override


Page 189 of 268

RequirementID



workflow and engine shall generate reports and send e-mailnotifications of exceptions to designated authorities.


The module shall support a system calendar that distinguishes workdays, holidays/vacation, and work day start/end times as perPunjab state calendar


The module shall log all actions of all users in audit trail format.


The module shall log and send notification through email for anyexception / unavailability of users / error in process step (toprivileged users and designated authorities).


The module shall allow workflows to be designed to have splits andre-joins along the process path.


The module shall allow workflow roles to be configurable andassignment of roles to user profiles shall be done by Privilegedusers (administrators) only. Multiple user roles shall be supported.


The module shall integrate with individual and/or group calendarsto drive participant selection for user roles. It should allow accessto user profile and location values for selection, filter, and update.


The module shall enable workflow steps to access relateddocuments (from document management module).


The module shall allow workflow steps to be assigned a“mandatory” or “optional” status. Optional steps may be skipped byend user in a particular workflow instance.


The module shall allow workflow payloads to include any objecttype defined in the document management module.


The module shall support attachments that are shared by allworkflow instances in some cases and attachments that are specificto a workflow instance in some cases.


The module shall assign unique IDs to workflow either automaticallyor manually.


The module shall support workflow designs with target dates andtimes assigned to individual workflow steps. Target dates and timescan be changed in mid-stream depending on workflow variablesand status.


The module shall support workflow processes for approval andsend out notifications through multiple channels (e-mail and SMS).


The module shall check for sufficient user rights to executeworkflow actions.


The module shall maintain separate to-do and watch lists for eachuser and send out notifications through multiple channels (e-mailand SMS).


Page 190 of 268

RequirementID




The module shall support filters and search capabilities for user-specific to-do and watch lists to privileged users and designatedauthorities.


The module shall allow user to filter the to-do lists to see thefollowing sets of tasks:► All tasks► Overdue tasks► Daily Overdue tasks► Weekly Overdue tasks► Monthly Overdue tasks


The module shall allow users to perform the following actions onworkflow instances:► Users can pause or resume instances► Users can restart instances► Users can abort instances► Privileged Users can manually override instance data


The module shall be able to generate reports of performance onprocesses that highlights duration of each workflow step andnumber of visits to each workflow step


The module should have a “Lite” version that enables web basedaccess in case of limited connectivity. “Lite” version should loadonly essential details in basic HTML formats.


The Module should have alerts and re-allocation of work in caseOfficial / dealing hand on leave or change in charge


The re-allocation of work should be as per effective start and enddate mentioned in necessary orders


The module should have feature to generate ad hoc work items andcorresponding workflows as per requirement


The module should have operational reports and statistical dataavailable to concerned officer as per citizen charter


Page 191 of 268

4.2.2 Ad-Hoc Reporting Tool

RequirementID



ARP.REQ.001 FunctionalRequirements

System should have feature of user initiated ad hoc (on demand)reports


System should have query tool that serves both power users andoccasional users


System should allow the user to enter query parameters, which arethen used to select and retrieve only the data that meet thespecified criteria


System should have provision to print and export the reportgenerated in the pre-defined file format (e.g. spreadsheet, wordprocessing, etc. as per desktop office solution)


System should support menu driven query and reporting tool


System should allow users to save the query and ad hoc reportgenerated


System should be capable of self-join table more than once anduse the self-joined tables


Page 192 of 268

4.2.3 Document Management System (DMS)

RequirementID



DMS.REQ.001 GeneralRequirements

The IA shall propose a pre-integrated system involvingdocument management system, storage and archivalsystem. The system should have the modules of havingfollowing indicative modules in the suite: DocumentManagement, Record Management, Archival, viewing &Information Rights Management

DMS.REQ.002 StandardRequirements

System must be built on an open and industry standardarchitecture and must follow the eGov standards asformulated by DIT, GoI.

DMS.REQ.003 StandardRequirements

Provide out-of-the-box integration with leading applicationservers. Please list the App Servers supported


The system shall provide a thin client, web-enabled interfacealong with the facility of drag and drop. Web interface shouldsupport popular browsers such as Microsoft Explorer,Firefox, Netscape and any other proposed browser etc.

DMS.REQ.005 External InterfaceRequirements

Web interface shall enable users to select from a range ofthemes/skins that define the look-and-feel of the interface

DMS.REQ.006 FunctionalRequirements

The proposed system should allow document/imagecapturing and indexing from multiple zones and should beable to send to a centralized repository


The system shall provide the standard file hierarchystructure of folders and sub-folders to allow users andgroups of users to manage and organize their documents.State any limitations to the number of folder, subfolderlevels.


The interface shall allow users creation, editing andmanagement of virtual or compound documents. Thesystem shall provide the features to link any type/ format ofdocuments while providing capabilities to automaticallyupdate the version of the linked document whenever theoriginal is updated


The web interface shall provide multiple views of the contentand allow users to access/modify folders based on theiraccess rights and permissions. The proposed system shouldbe able to restrict the users to access documents/imagesbased on their pre-defined rights & privileges.


System must provide web-based administration tool andprovide a single point of access for managing andadministering all repositories, servers, users and groupsregardless of their location


Page 193 of 268

RequirementID



DMS.REQ.011 Access Rights The proposed system should provide configuration optionsthat can be set at a role level to enable/disable functionalitysuch as menu options and limiting list values according tothat role’s function

DMS.REQ.012 Access Rights The proposed system should allow the users to addattributes/metadata to the images

DMS.REQ.013 Access Rights The proposed system should allow users to classify theimages based on their type


The proposed system should have centralized repositoryand allow users to drag and drop content into the repository.The common integrated repository should be able to handleall types of enterprise content management, includingdocuments, web content, digital assets, collaborativecontent, document images, records etc.


The proposed system should allow major and minorversioning of the documents. Must be able to provide major(e.g. 1.0, 2.0), minor (e.g. 1.1, 1.2) and branch version (e.g.1.0.1, 2.1.0.1) control. A “reason for change” comment entryand version label entry must also be provided


The proposed system shall allow highly referred content andless referred content to be placed separately

DMS.REQ.017 Search Requirements The proposed system should have simple search &advanced search facility

DMS.REQ.018 Content Management The proposed system should provide a policy engine thatcan execute storage placement and migration policies tooptimize storage, while reducing the content storage cost tothe business and maintain accessibility and complianceneeds as its value changes over time

DMS.REQ.019 Content Management The proposed system should automate content archivalaccording to storage policies based on business value andinformation. System should be able to automatically movethe content from production to archive storage based on theBusiness rules

DMS.REQ.020 Audit Trail The proposed system should provide migration logs andaudit trails so that operations on content are traceable. Audittrail must contain information such as event performed ondocument, user who performed the action, and date timestamp

DMS.REQ.021 Content Management User should be able to view retention dates to determinehow long items will be kept in the system. Should providesupport to manage the retention and disposition of thedocuments


Page 194 of 268

RequirementID



DMS.REQ.022 Content Management Provide support for chronological and event based retentiontypes and provision to apply retention and disposition rulesat any hierarchical level


The proposed system should be able to storeimages/documents in various formats like scanned books,drawings, manuals, office documents etc. in tiff, jpeg, gif,bmp, word doc, excel, power point, pdf etc. The sameinfrastructure should be able to support other content typesin the future like audio, video files etc.

DMS.REQ.024 IntegrationRequirements

The system shall provide integrations with desktop clientssuch as Open Office, MS Office, Windows, LINUX, UNIX etc.

DMS.REQ.025 Content Management System should support application of metadata based onkey words within the document.

DMS.REQ.026 Content Management System should enable cross-reference of documentsDMS.REQ.027 Content Management System should enable linking of different content items in a

manner that the latest one supersedes the earlier ones.DMS.REQ.028 Search Requirements System shall have a search capability that supports powerful

and comprehensive full-text searching, metadata searchingor a combination of the two.

DMS.REQ.029 Search Requirements System shall provide ability for the user to search and finddocuments based on any of the associated metadata, suchas document type, author, title, location, active/inactivestatus, date created etc.

DMS.REQ.030 Search Requirements System should provide capability to search within so thatusers can narrow down the search

DMS.REQ.031 Content Management Interface for managing the entire lifecycle of contentmanagement, starting from its creation to its disposition

DMS.REQ.032 Content Management Interface for interlinking with digital signature based formssubmitted by internal officers of the Department

DMS.REQ.033 Content Management The system should be Unicode (Indian languages andEnglish) compliant

DMS.REQ.034 Content Management Should have LDAP / Active Directory support and SSO(preferable)

DMS.REQ.035 Content Management The solution should be support integration with web servicesand support multiple content types


Page 195 of 268

4.2.4 Content Management System (CMS) - Web Application



WEB.REQ.001 Access Right Online users should be able to create log-in and password withappropriate authorizations

WEB.REQ.002 Access Right System should have option for ‘guest users’ with limited accessto them

WEB.REQ.003 Access Right The password shall lock after certain number of incorrect entry.User shall have an option to request for new password / changepassword

WEB.REQ.004 Access Right User shall be automatically logged out after defined period ofinactivity

WEB.REQ.005 Miscellaneous User should be able to submit various application forms(including complaints / feedback/ suggestions) online

WEB.REQ.006 Miscellaneous User should have option to choose from bilingual (English andPunjabi) forms / notices etc.

WEB.REQ.007 Miscellaneous User should be able to view and download forms onlineWEB.REQ.008 Miscellaneous User should be able to make online payments with appropriate

security mechanisms in place. System should have the optionof Credit card, debit card etc. for the payment

WEB.REQ.009 Miscellaneous User should receive appropriate acknowledgements / notices /reminders for any activity or transaction performed by the user

WEB.REQ.010 Miscellaneous User should be able to track status of its applications /complaints / payment/ forms

WEB.REQ.011 Miscellaneous User should be able to view updates / reminders / alerts /newsletters etc. as and when published by the department

WEB.REQ.012 Miscellaneous All the applications forms / complaints / feedback shall bedirected to concerned personnel for further action

WEB.REQ.013 ContentManagementSystem

System should have accessible interface so that non-technicalusers can update site content easily


System should have facility to add HTML meta tags andmetadata


System should have facility to format text


System should have facility to upload images and files


System should have facility to easily manage links


System should support all major existing media formats such aspictures, video clips, sound clips


Page 196 of 268



WEB.REQ.019 Standards System must be built on an open and industry standardarchitecture and must follow the eGov standards as formulatedby DIT, GoI.


Page 197 of 268

4.2.5 Anti-Virus

RequirementID



AVS.REQ.001 GeneralRequirement

Anti-virus shall have auto update feature, it shall be able to pushsignature from the centralized server to all the clients.


IA shall ensure that the scan logs are made available for review.


The solution must support mass mailing virus detection.


The solution must support mail attachment virus detection.


The solution must support Malformed Mail format detection.


The solution must have a built in Safe Stamp feature.


The solution must have its own Updated Recommended VirusExtensions.


The solution must support Heuristics-based mail header detection forSpam.


The solution must support Heuristics-based scanning of the mail bodyfor Spam.


The solution must support administrator defined Anti-Spam exceptionlist (approved list).


The solution must support administrator-defined non-approved list ofknown spammers.


The solution shall be able to detect Spam based on multiplecategories (such as general, commercial email, Get rich quick,pornography etc.).


The solution shall be able to take action based on the category inwhich Spam is detected.


The solution must be able to take different action based on thedifferent sensitivity level of Spam detection.


The solution must provide alerts based on action taken on the Spammail.


The solution must support Encrypted Mail Detection.


The solution must support Password Protect Zip Detection.


The solution must have a Secure SSL Web Management Console.


The solution must be able to prevent System Denial of Service (‘DoS’)Attack.


IA shall propose the required hardware for the entire solution


Page 198 of 268

RequirementID




IA shall provide requisite licenses for all the software required for theAnti-virus and Anti-spam Solution.


Page 199 of 268

4.2.6 SLA Monitoring Tool

RequirementID



SLA.REQ.001 AttendanceMonitoring

Resources should everyday log-in their attendance in the systemon their arrival to the department location with provision forintegration with Card reader / biometric devices for physicalverification


Resources should also punch the time of leaving the departmentoffice in the system


System should generate reports on the availability of theresources for SLA monitoring

SLA.REQ.004 Monitoring throughEMS

Monitoring of Hardware, Servers, Network etc. through EMSshould be available on the dashboard created for SLA monitoring

SLA.REQ.007 MonitoringDashboard

System should create consolidated data and analysis of data asspecified by the department for monitoring performance of overallDepartments and business processes. The same shall bepresented on the Dashboard as per the department’srequirement.


Dashboard should be user friendly with ability to design graphs /charts as desired by the user


System should be able to highlight the activities as desired byuser in various colours based on their service levels and alerts


User should be able to generate reports for any of the SLAs in thedesired format


User should be able to send the reports over email through thedashboard itself


System should have ability to download the consolidated reportsin formats such as PDF / Word-processing / spreadsheets etc. asrequired


Dashboard should alert any critical event defined by the user andalso send SMS / email to the concerned process owner


Access to the Dashboard should be provided only to identifiedofficers of the department

SLA.REQ.015 Training Monitoring System should be able to provide details of the trainings plannedand conducted including details of the training, schedule, venue,trainees, trainers etc.

SLA.REQ.016 Training Monitoring System should be able to capture training feedback collated at theend of training

SLA.REQ.017 Training Monitoring System should generate MIS reports on training as per users’requirements

SLA.REQ.018 Audit Monitoring System should be able to capture details of the audits (securityaudit /infrastructure audit etc.) planned and conducted includingdetails of audit, personnel responsible, date and time etc.

SLA.REQ.019 Audit Monitoring System should be able to capture details of feedback / comments/ suggestions of the audit conducted


Page 200 of 268

RequirementID



SLA.REQ.020 Audit Monitoring System should generate MIS reports on Audit as per users’requirements

SLA.REQ.021 General The SLA monitoring tool shall be capable of calculatingperformance and quality for all services being provided to thecitizens, Department and other Stakeholders

SLA.REQ.022 General The SLA monitoring tool shall be integrated with the enterprisemanagement, invoice and payment module.

SLA.REQ.023 General SLA monitoring tool shall maintain the feedbacks, comments andsuggestion received by citizen/ stakeholders through online portalof the Department.


Page 201 of 268

4.2.7 Common Requirements

RequirementID



CSR.REQ.001 Language Interface System should be capable of supporting bilingual interfacefor the integrated software application

CSR.REQ.002 Common TechnicalRequirements

The system shall provide all citizen/dealer web basedservices and information required through web portal


The system shall provide all intra department services andmodules through web based application on intranet


The system shall have ability to customize user menus andscreens based on user access authority.


The system shall be able to archive transactional databaserecords to prevent long term speed concerns. The solutionmust also feature functionality for efficient retrieval ofarchived data.


The solution shall be capable of generating eventnotifications and interfacing E-mail system and must supporte-mail triggers as part of the solution’s workflow.


The system shall provide a report-writing tool, which can beused to generate customized reports at any level.


The system should provide advance search and indexingfeatures

CSR.REQ.009 Audit Trail The system shall be able to automatically record an audit trailof events under the control of the system, storing informationabout:- Action which is being carried out- The object(s) to which the action is being applied- The user carrying out the action- The date and time of the event

CSR.REQ.010 Audit Trail The system shall track and record information about eventsin the audit trail without manual intervention, once the audittrail facility has been activated

CSR.REQ.011 Audit Trail The system shall ensure that audit trail data cannot bemodified in any way, or any part of the data be deleted byany user, including an Administrator.

CSR.REQ.012 Audit Trail The system allow the extent of audit trail tracking andrecording to be user-configurable, so that an Administratorcan select the events for which information is automaticallyrecorded

CSR.REQ.013 Audit Trail The system shall ensure that the selection for audit trailtracking, and all later changes to it, are also recorded in theaudit trail


Page 202 of 268

RequirementID



CSR.REQ.014 Audit Trail The system shall ensure that audit trail data is available forinspection on request, so that a specific event can beidentified and all related data made accessible, and that thiscan be achieved by authorized external personnel e.g.auditors, who have little or no familiarity with the system

CSR.REQ.015 Audit Trail The system shall maintain a log of failed attempts to log-onto the system

CSR.REQ.016 Audit Trail The system shall be capable of producing ad hoc reportsselecting all relevant information from the audit trail for:- Actions carried out by a specified user, or group of users,during a specified date and time period- Actions carried out on a specified folder, or group of folders,during a specified date and time period- Actions carried out on a specified record, during a specifieddate and time period

CSR.REQ.017 Access control The system shall allow configuration of role and designationwith every function.

CSR.REQ.018 Access control The system should alert if multiple role assigned withparticular function for user to select their role.

CSR.REQ.019 Access control The system shall capture the jurisdiction of office for eachuser

CSR.REQ.020 Access control The system shall capture additional or exceptional rolesassigned to a user

CSR.REQ.021 Access control The system shall provide feature to modify escalation matrixfor form routing

CSR.REQ.022 Access control The system shall capture effective time period for theadditional roles assigned to the user

CSR.REQ.023 Access control The system shall provide an authentication mechanismwhich controls access to the system and which validateseach user attempting access at the start of each user session

CSR.REQ.024 Access control The users shall be able access the applications using ActiveDirectory/LDAP Complaint Directory Services and alsosupport Single Sign-on Technology.

CSR.REQ.025 Access control The system shall allow:- New users to be defined and identified- Existing users to be marked as inactive, with the effect ofbarring that user from subsequent entry to the system- Existing users to be deleted by an Administrator at any time

CSR.REQ.026 Access control The system shall provide definition of a user profile for eachuser known to the system. A user profile must always identifya functional role for the user, and must enable allocation ofaccess control


Page 203 of 268

RequirementID



CSR.REQ.027 Access control The system shall support the definition of a set of user roles,which control the assignment of rights to specific functions orgroups of functions; and must restrict any ability to define orcustomize these roles to an Administrator

CSR.REQ.028 Access control The system shall ensure that all users are allocated to oneor more user role(s).

CSR.REQ.029 Access control The system shall enable the allocation of a security category,and predefined access control group membership, to a roleso that all users allocated to that role automatically inherit theaccess permissions of the role

CSR.REQ.030 Access control The system shall support the definition of pre-defined accesscontrol groups which identify business or other functionalgroups, so that, in principle, any user can be a member ofany group, and differing groups at differing times; and mustrestrict this ability to allocate and reallocate to anAdministrator

CSR.REQ.031 Access control The system shall allow:- New groups to be defined- Existing groups to be marked as inactive, which shouldhave the effect of barring access previously allowed by thatgroup marking- Existing groups to be deleted

CSR.REQ.032 Access control The system shall enable any user to be added to or removedfrom groups at all times.

CSR.REQ.033 Access control The system shall enable, but not require, a user or group tobe identified as the responsible custodian for an electronicfolder, and enable this identification to be changed at a laterdate.

CSR.REQ.034 Access control The system shall allow a responsible custodian to limitaccess by stipulating which other users or groups canaccess records of which the user is custodian

CSR.REQ.035 Access control The system must limit access to folders and records whichhave been allocated a pre-defined access control group, onlyto those users who are members of that group

CSR.REQ.036 User Interface The system shall consistently present user interface menus,commands and other facilities in all parts of the application

CSR.REQ.037 User Interface The system shall use consistent terminology to labelfunctions and actions in all parts of the application.

CSR.REQ.038 User Interface The system shall provide a context-sensitive online helpfacility

CSR.REQ.039 User Interface The system shall allow customization of the contents of thehelp facility, by the addition of new, or editing of existing, text


Page 204 of 268

RequirementID



CSR.REQ.040 User Interface The system shall produce error messages which aremeaningful and appropriate, and should offer immediateprompts for actions to resolve the error wherever possible

CSR.REQ.041 User Interface Where validation errors are detected, the system shallunambiguously describe the nature of the error, and offer amethod of correcting the error, or cancelling the action.

CSR.REQ.042 User Interface The system shall be capable of removing the visibility offunctions from users who do not have access to thosefunctions in their allocated user role

CSR.REQ.043 User Interface The system allow the intermediate steps of a function to becarried out if the user will not be allowed to complete thefunction because that function is disallowed by role allocatedto that user

CSR.REQ.044 User Interface The system shall provide facilities for end users andAdministrators which are intuitive and easy to use, andrequire as few actions as possible to carry out the function tothe required standard; in particular, in normal operation

CSR.REQ.045 User Interface Where on-screen windows are employed, the system shallensure that where an end user is able to re-size and re-locatewindows, the contents of those windows remain correctlyaligned.

CSR.REQ.046 User Interface The system shall support a ‘drag and drop’ method ofmanipulating folders and records, where this is appropriatefor the platform supported

CSR.REQ.047 User Interface The system shall support the use of, and navigation by,hyperlinks and other cross-references

CSR.REQ.048 User Interface The system shall automatically present default values fordata entry fields where logically possible,

CSR.REQ.049 User Interface The system support the pre-definition of a set of allowedvalues for a particular field by an Administrator, and theimplementation of these values as a selection list i.e. a ‘picklist’

CSR.REQ.050 User Interface The system shall provide an interface to the e-mailingsystem

CSR.REQ.051 User Interface The system shall be capable of generating an e-mailmessage from within the application

CSR.REQ.052 User Interface The system shall provide alerts as and when required for allthe modules.

CSR.REQ.053 User Interface The system shall provide bulk signature featureCSR.REQ.054 User Interface The system shall provide feature of enabling or disabling any

service as per effective dateCSR.REQ.055 User Interface The system should have provision to enter new service and

related parameters for introducing any new service in thesystem


Page 205 of 268

RequirementID



CSR.REQ.056 User Interface The system should have feature for closing of financial yearafter necessary approval from the higher authorities

CSR.REQ.057 User Interface The system shall be capable of versioning the forms as pereffective issuance date

CSR.REQ.058 Scalability The system shall provide a robust and flexible architecturethat can evolve to meet the needs of a changingorganizational environment, appropriate to the types ofimplementation for which the system is intended

CSR.REQ.059 Data Integrity The system shall have master and operational data readybefore go-live

CSR.REQ.060 Data Integrity The system shall enforce data integrity, referential integrityand relational integrity at all time

CSR.REQ.061 Data Integrity The system shall identify each entity within the system witha unique identifier

CSR.REQ.062 Data Integrity When the system automatically generates an identifier whichis available for meaningful operational use by a user orAdministrator, the system shall allow an Administrator toconfigure the pattern and starting number(s) or character(s).

CSR.REQ.063 Data Integrity The system shall store calendar years in a four digit format(YYYY) in any field that contains a date

CSR.REQ.064 Data Integrity The system shall be capable of storing dates that refer toyears in the previous, current and subsequent centuries, andmust correctly process these dates at all times

CSR.REQ.065 Data Integrity The system should have provision to capture approvedeffective date for all the transactions.

CSR.REQ.066 Data Integrity The system should capable of saving the return data assubmitted with proper encryption and PKI

CSR.REQ.067 Disaster Recovery The system shall support automated back-up and recoveryfacilities for all folders, records, metadata, audit trails andconfiguration settings held in the system, either provided bythe system itself or by facilities in its environment with whichit can interface

CSR.REQ.068 Disaster Recovery The system shall support a capability for separate physicalstorage of back-up data

CSR.REQ.069 Disaster Recovery The system shall allow an Administrator to:- Specify the frequency of back-up;- Select elements of the system to be backed-up

CSR.REQ.070 Disaster Recovery The system shall support facilities for an Administrator torestore the whole system or part of the system from back-ups following a system failure

CSR.REQ.071 Disaster Recovery The system shall support facilities for an Administrator torestore the whole system from the most recent back-up stateto the point of system failure


Page 206 of 268

RequirementID



CSR.REQ.072 Disaster Recovery The system shall be able to determine any updates to thedata which are unable to be restored / rebuilt, and providenotification to an Administrator

CSR.REQ.073 Disaster Recovery The system shall support restoration of audit trail informationby means of the back-up and recovery facilities

CSR.REQ.074 Storage The system shall support caching of frequently and recentlyused content

CSR.REQ.075 Storage When querying a remote repository, the system shallminimize the amount of data exchange required.

CSR.REQ.076 Storage The system shall provide facilities for monitoring storagefacilities, and automatically alert an Administrator when acapacity threshold is reached, or when an error conditionrequiring attention occurs

CSR.REQ.077 Performance The system shall provide evidence of adequate performanceand response times for commonly performed functions underthe normal operating conditions for which it is intended. Abenchmark for normal operating conditions is:- 75% of the user population actively using the system- Total record volume to be expected after 5 years use stored- Multiple, concurrent and representative active use ofsystem functionality

CSR.REQ.078 Scalability The system shall provide evidence of the degree ofscalability that it can support over time, as organizationalneeds change and develop. Benchmark metrics forscalability are:- Number of geographical locations at which users can besupported, while maintaining the performance metricsdemonstrated;- Total size of the record repository which can be supported,in Gigabytes or Terabytes, while maintaining theperformance metrics demonstrated;- Number of total users which can be supported, whilemaintaining the performance metrics demonstrated;- Systems management overhead in maintaining a growthrate for the number of records and users anticipated in thefirst five years of operation;- Amount of re-configuration and downtime required tomaintain a growth rate for the number of records and usersanticipated in the first five years of operation;- Amount of re-configuration and downtime required to makebulk changes to organizational structures, folder structures,user roles and user anticipated after five years of operation

CSR.REQ.079 Authentication andencryption

The system shall be capable of checking the validity of adigital signature at the time of creation of the record.


Page 207 of 268

RequirementID



CSR.REQ.080 Integration The system should have interface with SSDG, UID,TINXSYS, GSTN portal and e -Biz portal

CSR.REQ.081 Integration The system should have interface for migration to GSTCSR.REQ.082 Application Security System should allow user set up to be controlled by a specific

system administration module.CSR.REQ.083 Application Security System to capture employee details such as name,

designation, employee code etc.CSR.REQ.084 Application Security System to automatically generate a unique user ID upon

authorization of the employee details.CSR.REQ.085 Application Security System to capture the details of the requestor and the

authorizing authority (system administrators)CSR.REQ.086 Application Security System to facilitate creation of the user ID’s at a HO level /

division / circle levelCSR.REQ.087 Application Security System to attach the user ID of the employee to each and

every action done in the systemCSR.REQ.088 Application Security System to check for duplicate record based on employee

name (first + last name), employee code etc.CSR.REQ.089 Application Security System should set a default password upon creation of the

user ID.CSR.REQ.090 Application Security System should allow the user (Bank) to define password

policies. The minimum password policies to be defined are:Minimum password length,Maximum password length (not less than 8 characters),Alpha numeric combination of password,Compulsory use of special characters,Minimum password age,Password expiry period,Repeat passwords etc.,Repeat passwords period etc.

CSR.REQ.091 Application Security The system should be able to automatically check thepasswords with the password policy

CSR.REQ.092 Application Security System should enforce changing of the default password setby the system (at the time of creation of user ID) when theuser 1st logs on to the system. The system should enforceall password policies as defined at the time of first change.

CSR.REQ.093 Application Security All password policies defined should be parameterised.CSR.REQ.094 Application Security Application shall provide access monitoring to compile and

report security violations and attempted security violationsCSR.REQ.095 Application Security System to permit access only through password verificationCSR.REQ.096 Application Security User ID's and passwords should be stored in an encrypted /

compressed format in the respective files or tables


Page 208 of 268

RequirementID



CSR.REQ.097 Application Security System to define overrides for certain set of transactionerrors / warnings and link transactions to specific user ID’s.All such overrides should be recorded for Audit trail

CSR.REQ.098 Application Security System to form user groups and link rights to such definedgroups

CSR.REQ.099 Application Security System to restrict user access to:i. Menusii. Sub- menusiii. Screensiv. Fieldv. Reportvi. Combination of the above

CSR.REQ.100 Application Security Within the application all restrictions to be placed should bewith the help of menu driven options.

CSR.REQ.101 Application Security System to define levels of authorisation, while ensuringminimum two levels.

CSR.REQ.102 Application Security The system should be capable of encrypting the password /other sensitive data during transit.

CSR.REQ.103 Application Security The system should allow users to define error messages(parameterised) for a particular transaction

CSR.REQ.104 Application Security System to restrict access to critical accounts / information toa particular user id / or a group of users.

CSR.REQ.105 Application Security The system should not allow any changes to be made to thedetails of the transaction after authorisation by the officer.

CSR.REQ.106 Application Security The system should not permit the same individual to modifyand authorise the same transaction

CSR.REQ.107 Application Security System to enforce "Maker" "Checker" concept for all types oftransaction entry, modification , deletions, static data entry,modifications, deletions

CSR.REQ.108 Application Security System to define Maximum Inactive Time (parameterised)after which a user should be automatically logged out of thesystem.

CSR.REQ.109 Application Security System to suspend or cancel a user IDCSR.REQ.110 Application Security System to revoke suspended user Ids.CSR.REQ.111 Application Security System to support terminal based logins I.e. a user cannot

log on to the system from any terminal apart from what isspecified in the parameter for him / her.

CSR.REQ.112 Application Security The logon process shall deny access if either the usernameor password is invalid without identifying the specificerroneous element.

CSR.REQ.113 Application Security The logon process shall allow only a fixed number of logonattempts before disabling the terminal.


Page 209 of 268

RequirementID



CSR.REQ.114 Application Security If access is denied following repeated unsuccessful logonattempts, this shall be treated by the application as a securityincident and handled accordingly.

CSR.REQ.115 Application Security Application shall disallow simultaneous logon by the sameuser.

CSR.REQ.116 Testing Requirements All corrections to address discrepancies shall be validatedthrough formal regression test before insertion into theoperational systems

CSR.REQ.117 Testing Requirements All new application functionality shall be validated through aformal extensive testing before insertion into the operationalsystems.

CSR.REQ.118 Testing Requirements Application shall support operations and testingconcurrently.

CSR.REQ.119 Testing Requirements Application shall provide tools and metrics to support testing,system performance monitoring, fault isolation, verificationand validation of the end-to-end system

CSR.REQ.120 Application The software should be mobile compatible.

CSR.REQ.121 Call centre System should be integrated with existing Call centreCSR.REQ.122 Call centre System should maintain a log of all call received at existing

call centre


Page 210 of 268

4.2.8 Security Requirements

RequirementID



SEQ.REQ.001 SecurityRequirements

Software should support TCP/IP protocol, Digital certificates anddigital signature


Encryption should be at a minimum 128 Bit based


Software should allow the server and client to authenticate eachother and to negotiate an encryption algorithm before theapplication protocol transmits or receives its first byte of data


The software should be application independent


Server authentication process should allow users to confirm aWeb server's identity


Encryption software enabled on client software, such as a Webbrowser, should be able to automatically check that a server'scertificate and public ID are valid and have been issued by acertificate authority (CA)


All data sent over an encrypted software connection should beprotected with a mechanism for detecting tampering


Should support both symmetric and asymmetric encryption


Encryption software should support securing of multi-server andmulti domains


Redundant server backups that allow Web sites and extranets tomaximize site performance by balancing traffic loads amongmultiple servers


Page 211 of 268

4.2.9 Data Digitization & Migration of Registration of document and Land Records



DDM.LR.001 Data Entry Should be capable of handling system levelchecks/validations on entries

DDM.LR.002 Data Entry Should be able to enter Land records data (Jamabandi,Mutation, Roznamcha Waqiati and the Field Bookregisters etc.) and registration data

DDM.LR.003 Unique Number Should assign an auto unique number to each recordwith-in the tables

DDM.LR.004 Data Validation Should be capable to check the mandatory fields entryDDM.LR.005 Data Validation Should throw related error messages on incorrect entry

in the fieldDDM.LR.006 Data

Verification/ValidationShould be able to provide access of record to Patwari,Kanungo, CRO and department authorized person forverification and validation

DDM.LR.007 Data Security Should have user interactive interface with securityincorporated in the application

DDM.LR.008 Data Store Should be able to store detailed information/data in theRDBMS

DDM.LR.009 Data Store Should be capable to export the stored data in variousformats

DDM.LR.010 Data Extraction andManagement

Should be able to manage the stored data includingrecords search, indexing

DDM.LR.011 Data Modification Provision should be there to edit and correct any wrongentry before the final approval and submission of datain the database

DDM.LR.012 Data Migration Source database should be compatible with targetdatabase

DDM.LR.013 Data Migration Should be able to maintain the properties of data aftermigration in the target database

DDM.LR.014 Cadastral Map Should follow the NLRMP recommendations indigitization of cadastral map in Scanning and drafting

DDM.LR.015 Cadastral map Should contain the various layers including cultivatedland, road, mountains etc.

4.2.10 Query/Advance Search Module



QAS.001 Search System shall be able to search the property by enteringthe name of property owner, Khasra number, Khewat No.PAN number, UID etc. entered during the registration ofthe property

QAS.002 Search As discussed earlier name matching would be difficultand may result in no match or mismatch if misspelled.


Page 212 of 268



Hence, Query/Advance Search module shall facilitate theuser to find out the property details by using acombination of criteria such as:

i. Unique Land Identification Number (UPIN)

ii. Owner Name

iii. Ward No./Survey No./Colony/ Landmark/PIN Code

iv. Date Range

v. Transaction type and date

vi. Property Identifying Parameters

QAS.003 Search Should be capable of searching records from IntegratedLand Records and Registration Database

QAS.004 Log of searcheddata

Should be capable to maintain log of searched data in thesystem

QAS.005 Search Result Should be able to show records as per the query raisedby the user (Like Report for Multiple Properties of SingleOwner etc.)


Page 213 of 268

4.2.11 MIS reporting tool



MIS.001 Report Should be able to generate report in multiple format on thebasis of requested parameter

MIS.002 Report Should be capable to generate predefined MIS reportsMIS.003 Report Should be able to generate customized report on the basis of

multiple selection of parameters from various tables anddatabases

MIS.004 Report Should be able to check the authenticity of the genuine userMIS.005 Report Should be able to generate report of Accepted and Rejected

Mutation, category-wise mutation, pending mutation and allmutations of a particular duration

MIS.006 Report Should be able to generate circle rate Survey ReportMIS.007 Report Should be able to generate list of Impound Deeds, Approved

or Rejected Deeds by Sub RegistrarMIS.008 Report The System should maintain a daily report of total fees

collected and reconcile the fees collected by the citizen onbasis of daily/weekly/fortnightly/monthly/quarterly/yearlybasis

MIS.009 Report Should be able to generate report based on high transactionsthat can be utilized by the CBDT department

MIS.010 Indicative List Should be able to generate the below mentioned iindicativelist of reports, but not limited to

i. Online Requests reports

§ List of online requests for all services (likeregistration and Nakal)

ii. Survey reports

§ List of Survey Requests as per Surveyor§ on daily, weekly and monthly basis§ List of completed and pending Surveys as

per Surveyor§ List of Survey Reports completed by

Surveyors§ List of disputed cases found during

Survey by Surveyor

iii. Appointment reports

§ Dashboard view for available timeslots forappointment as per SRO on daily, weeklyand monthly basis

§ List of scheduled appointments forregistration as per SRO on daily, weeklyand monthly basis


Page 214 of 268



§ List of re-scheduled appointments forregistration as per SRO on daily, weeklyand monthly basis

§ List of availability and non-availability ofSub Registrars as per SROs

§ List of SROs with their details like addressand telephone number

iv. SRO reports

§ SRO wise Report§ View Property Details by TRN§ List of approved registration cases by SR§ List of refused registration cases by SR

along with the details for reason of refusal

v. Transactions reports

§ List of transactions done for onlinerequests (integrated with paymentgateway of treasury)

§ List of transactions done by paying stampduty(integrated with web service of e-Stamping)

vi. Reconciliation reports

§ Daily Reconciliation Report§ Weekly Reconciliation Report§ Monthly Reconciliation Report§ Yearly Reconciliation Report§ Period Specific Reconciliation Report

vii. Books and Indexes reports

§ Fee Book Report§ Book 1 Report§ Book 2 Report§ Book 3 Report§ Book 4 Report§ Book 5 Report§ Book 6 Report§ Index 1 Report§ Index 2 Report§ Index 3 Report§ Index 4 Report§ List of Complete Scanned Document with

its indexing details

viii. Audit Log reports


Page 215 of 268



§ List of logs generated for various requests(like total time taken for delivery of saledeed etc.)

§ List of logs generated for areameasurement calculator

§ List of logs generated for generated TRNsfor each service

§ List of logs generated for propertyvaluation engine

§ List of logs generated for SMS gateway§ List of logs generated for Payment

gateway

ix. Nakal reports

§ Online requests received§ Online Nakals delivered§ List of pending requests§ Nakals delivered from delivery counters§ Nakals delivered by Patwaris§ Cash Collection from delivery of Nakals

on daily, weekly and monthly basis

x. Area wise reports

§ List of partition requests received§ List of demarcation requests received§ List of pending requests§ List of owner report as per Khasra Report,

Khewat report, Khatauni report, Locality§ Compiled Report for each owner as per

his name, father’s name, date of birth etc.§ Shareholder wise report for a property

xi. Mutation reports

§ All types of Mutations related reports§ Pending / Approved / Rejected Mutations§ Category wise Mutations Report§ Public Notices Report for mutation§ Disputed Mutation cases§ Monthly Report§ Mutations since last Jamabandi§ Summary of Mutations

xii. Khasra Girdawari reports

§ Owners of the land§ Cultivated Lands§ Crops in a village§ Types of lands


Page 216 of 268



§ Means of irrigation§ Cultivator Change§ Updation in Jamabandi as per latest

Girdawari Report

xiii. Shajra Nasab reports

§ List of property details as per familytree/Shajra Nasab to show the propertydetails for each family member in thefamily

§ List of New Entries/Deletion of Entriesdone to update the Shajra Nasab

§ Updated list of owners in RoR

xiv. Other reports like

§ Fard Badar Report§ Mortgaged Land Report§ Government Land Report§ Disputed Land Report§ Circle Rate Report§ Updation/revisions required in the circle

rate§ Patwar Circle wise report§ Kanungo Circle Report§ CRO wise Report§ Roznamcha Waqiati/ Daily Activity Report

for Patwari§ List of pending cases as per circle of

Patwari, Kanungo and CRO§ Disposal of Uncontested, Unregistered

Will and Mutations§ Statement showing the updated

Jamabandis as per daily transactions§ Statement showing The Disposal Of

disputed Cases related to Jamabandi andGirdawari

§ Statement showing The Disposal OfPartition Cases By The CRO

§ Statement showing The FieldVerifications Done by the CRO/SDM

§ Statement showingGrievances/Suggestions by Citizens

§ Dashboard report for Top Managementshowing the total number of transactionsapproved and denied along with theirreasons and other relevant details.


Page 217 of 268



§ Any other(s) may be generated throughad hoc reporting tool

4.2.12 Web Based GIS Application

RequirementID



WBGIS.01 GISApplication

Database design and development

Design, Development and deployment of GIS application


The GIS solution shall be at the core of enterprise system providingvisual representation of the information along ability to collect, createand maintain spatial and textural information related to land records andregistration.


Supported by a robust database this solution will help in streamlining thedata accumulation, sharing and integrated views of the land recordinformation for various requirements of governance. Integrated withother systems / components viz revenue information, tax information,etc. in an enterprise environment this solution is expected to enhancethe decision support system of the state.


The solution shall have the following features:

i. Be scalable with inherent extensibility for futuregrowth

ii. Enable simultaneous access to multiple datasources (internal and external)

iii. Provide tools for seamless integration of spatialand geo-tagged non-spatial data

iv. Develop and deploy GIS centric decision supportsystem using easy to use configuration andapplication tools

v. Dynamically fetch and display web services ofdisparate spatial and non-spatial data from varioussources

vi. Establish connection to multiple non-spatialdatabase engine, creation and consumption of webservices

The front end shall be a user friendly web based portal providing accessto maps, land records information and spatial queries.


Backend shall be a robust, high performance, scalable database whichshall store all the data. The digital database prepared for the project


Page 218 of 268

RequirementID



shall form the base of any further activities, viz., revenue datamanagement (RoR), spatial data management (geo-database),development and updation of land records, etc. The database designshall consider the following:

i. Objectives and requirements of the project

ii. Should contain only required data withoutredundancy

iii. Should organizes data so that different usersaccess the same data

iv. Should accommodate different versions ofthe data (i.e., should allow manipulation andupdates)

v. Should distinguish the applications thatmaintain data from those that use it

vi. Should appropriately represent codes andorganizes geographical features and theirrelationships (topology)

vii. Should support interoperability

Strong database standards, supported with the link to survey/resurveyprocedures and future operational and maintenance procedures, are amust.

This shall help in backward and forward integration of the existingdatabase with the changing database management technology.

Broadly, the database construction guidelines are divided into four majorcategories under the present scope of digitization of cadastral maps,overlay on the satellite data and integration with textual data:

i. Satellite image database preparation

ii. Base map creation, digitization (paper todigital conversion) of cadastral village maps

iii. Geo-referencing of digitized GIS data withsatellite image data

iv. Metadata generation and achieving of thedatabase for transactional use

The digitized cadastral maps shall be integrated with the RoR data andother spatial layers and ingested into the GIS solution. The GISapplication shall be accessed by citizens and other stakeholders acrossthe state. The application should be capable of high performance andload balancing.


Page 219 of 268

RequirementID



Post survey the updation of the survey data shall be carried out in GISenvironment using either GIS client / editor with capabilities of parcelmanagement.


The GIS Solution shall have the following functionalities / capabilities:

i. Map Display and Navigation

ii. Editing Features

iii. Attribute and Spatial Queries

iv. Support for Industry Standard Databases andGIS data formats

v. GIS Analysis

vi. Web services

vii. Data Caching

viii. Report generation & Printing

The basic module for maps display and navigation shall be the firstpriority along with the map index sheet (reference grid), scanned – geo-referenced cadastral maps and the satellite imagery layer


The digitized cadastral maps shall be integrated with the RoR data andother spatial layers and ingested into the GIS solution. The GISapplication shall be accessed by citizens and other stakeholders acrossthe state. The application should be capable of high performance andload balancing. The Department and other stakeholders to view the landparcel/property details on map.


Page 220 of 268

4.2.13 Admin Module



AD.001 AdminRequirements

If the application is deployed at a tehsil level, Administrator canconfigure the current district and tehsil of the deployed application


Application allows administrator to convert the measurement units asper the standard requirements


Application allows administrator to add/edit the following deed detailsfrom the deed master screen:· Deed Code· Deed Name· Book No. (the book number where the particular deed goes)


The below attributes shall be used to specify the values for labels onthe template form:· Type of Party 1 (e.g. seller, mortgager, donor etc.)· Type of Party 2 (e.g. buyer, mortgagee, done etc.)


Application allows administrator to set stamp duty for different typesof deeds through “Stamp Duty Master”. The stamp duty masterprovides the following fields:· Type of Deed Template· Calculation mode of Stamp Duty (Fixed/Percentage)· Value (Exact Amount for Fixed mode and percentage value ofregistration value for percentage mode)· Additional stamp duty value (e.g. social security fund)· Maximum Value (in fixed amount only)· Minimum Value (in fixed amount only)For “Lease” deed type, application allows additional fields for settingthe stamp duty as given below:· Range in number of years (From ‘m’ number of years to ‘n’number of years· Multiplication FactorApplication allows setting the values for both ‘m’ and ‘n’. Also, it willallow adding multiple ranges with different percentage of stamp dutyThe Stamp Duty Calculator shall be linked with the Stamp DutyMaster to calculate the Stamp Duty and Registration Fee


Application allows administrator to add/edit/delete association ofKhewat/ Khasra numbers with government orders / instructions byproviding these details in Government Order Master : District, VillageID, Khewat No., Khasra No., Stay Order, Reference Number (as instay order), Date, Details and In Force (YES/NO) (whether the stayorder in force or not)By default the system will display the list of “Inforce” order but it willalso give the option to display the complete list of orders.


Page 221 of 268



SR will have the option to add the data in this master. Once the datais entered, SR will be able to see the complete list of a village. Thelist will be sorted by Village Id and Date of agreement.


Application allows administrator to add/edit the following details ofregistration fees from “Registration Fees Master” :· Type of Deed· Fee Head· Calculation mode of Fee (Fixed/Percentage)· Value (Exact Amount for Fixed mode and percentage value ofregistration value for percentage mode)· Maximum Value (in fixed amount only)· Minimum Value (in fixed amount only)


Application allows add/delete/edit for various codes used in definingArea SegmentsApplication allows administrator to associate segment codes withKhasra numbers


Application allows administrator to add/edit the following details ofdistrict from district master screen :· District Code· Division Code· District Name


Application allows administrator to add/edit the following details oftehsil from tehsil master screen :· Tehsil Code· District Code· Tehsil Name· Total Target Revenue Last Year· Total Target Revenue Current Year


Application allows administrator to add/edit the following details ofKanungo from Kanungo master screen :· Kanungo Code· Tehsil Code· Kanungo Circle


Application allows administrator to add/edit the following details ofPatwari from Patwari master screen :· Patwari Code· Kanungo Code· Patwari Circle


Application allows administrator to add/edit the following details of“Village/City” from “Village/City” master screen :· Village/City Code [Hadbast Number]· Patwari Code


Page 222 of 268



· Village/CityAD.014 Admin

RequirementsApplication allows administrator to add/edit the following details of“Area/Locality” from “Area/Locality” master screen :· Area/Locality Code· Village Code· Area/Locality


Application allows administrator to add/edit the following details of“Type” (In Property Code) from “Type” (In Property Code) masterscreen :· Property Code· Property


Application allows administrator to add/edit the following user detailfrom user management screen :· User login account· User Name· Contact No’s· Address· Tehsil Code· Active· Password· Thumb impression for biometric authentication


Administrators can add/delete/edit various verifications andcheckpoints (such as owner verification from a ID, ownershipverification from previous Registration of Documents) to be done forvarious deed templates in Deed Checklist master


Administrators can add/delete/edit various statements/conditionsthat need to be added to different deeds in Deed Conditions master.Administrators can also specify a few conditions as mandatoryconditions

AM.001 Admin Module Should be able to manage the complete user management, createusers and give access and roles to users.

AM.002 Admin Module Should have Super admin, Admin and Sub admin

AM.003 Super Admin Super admin should be responsible of creating and managing theaccounts of Admins.

AM.004 Admin-Resource Should be responsible for creation and management of account ofSub-Admins. The admin-Resource should be responsible ofmonitoring the SLA, Invoice and Payments etc.


Page 223 of 268



AM.005 Admin-System Should be responsible for the management of process flow,application content, form and reports.

AM.006 Admin Module Admin shall create user credentials for State level officers, USDC,Sub Admin, line departments etc. as per their roles andresponsibilities.

AM.007 Sub-Admin Sub admin shall be at district level who will manage the user accountof concerned officials which will be decided at the time of finalizationof SRS.

AM.008 Super-Admin The account registered by Citizens to access online services shouldbe managed by Super admin only.


Page 224 of 268

4.2.14 Learning Management System

RequirementID



LMS.001 Login Logging In / Out – each employee, faculty and managementpersonnel should have their user id and passwords. Login wouldcontrol the extent of operations that can performed by an individual

LMS.002 User Role Management – Access to courses and modification of coursesLMS.003 User Role Course Creator – can create new coursesLMS.004 User Role Faculty – changes within the course, refer course materialLMS.005 User Role Employees – look up for the upcoming courses, register for new

courses, see their performance in course testsLMS.006 Master Entries Add training centre details including contact person, address,

contact number, capacity, infrastructure available etc.LMS.007 Master Entries Add new user – new user can belong to management, course

creator, faculty or employees. Unique code to be provided to eachuser

LMS.008 Batch Create batch – Both system administration and faculty are allowedto create batch. System admin can create batch at any locationwhereas faculty can create batch for their respective trainings

LMS.009 Batch View batch – ability to view batches location wiseLMS.010 Batch Enrol employee to the batch – add additional trainees to the batchLMS.011 Management Course Management – it includes training syllabus, study material

and course calendarLMS.012 Management Session and Course Management - should include support for

multi-media course material and delivery (such as webinars, whiteboard and chalk-talk sessions)

LMS.013 Management Student Management – marking attendance of trainees andkeeping track of all employees training attendance

LMS.014 Management Exam Management – create examination schedules, onlineexaminations, maintain exam scores, generate exam reports etc.

LMS.015 Management Certificate Management – for certification courses, record ofcertificates to be maintained

LMS.016 Management CEP Credit Management – for inputs into a single state-wide HRmanagement system; to maintain an ongoing database of alltrainings & corresponding CEP credits for all optional programs.

LMS.017 Training Training centre – details of upcoming trainings, training centre wiseLMS.018 Training News – all latest updates to be postedLMS.019 Training Student search – unique id based search, name based search etc.LMS.020 Training Report – ability to generate reports as desired by the managementLMS.021 Faculty Database – faculty information, performance rating based on

feedbacks received, contact details etc.LMS.022 Communication Expert Panel – ability to communicate with experts to ask doubts

regarding the coursesLMS.023 Communication Knowledge papers – availability of knowledge papers from experts

to help develop employees


Page 225 of 268


Page 226 of 268

4.2.15 Invoice and Payment Module

RequirementID



IPM.001 Integration Should be able to integrate with registration of document system,mutation system, service delivery systems etc.

IPM.002 Integration Should be able to maintain/generate log of each of the services andtheir status in the database in accordance with service levels

IPM.003 Service LevelAgreement

Integration of SLA system with Financial management system


Should be able to calculate the Penalty as per the Service levelagreement


Should be able to calculate the payment after every successfultransaction of the services and instantly calculate the payment/penalty for the respective service


Should be able to maintain the payment history for future reference

IPM.007 Service Charges Capability of incorporation of Service charges for each of theservice

IPM.008 Invoice Invoice generation from the systemIPM.009 Invoice Should be able to calculate the total monthly payment from total

service charges after deducting the penalty (from Service levelagreement)

IPM.010 Audit Proper auditing with the Third party with due consultation with theDepartment

IPM.011 Security Module should be secured and robust so that forging with the datashould be avoided

IPM.012 Security For any modification department approval is required and properreasoning with supporting documents (e.g. Government orders/letters etc.) should be incorporated in the system

IPM.013 Trend This module will be used to project the revenue trend.

IPM.014 Trend The revenue trends will help department in estimating when IA willbe able to realise the total contract value.

IPM.015 Trend The system should be able to accept various mode of paymentsincluding credit card, debit card etc.

4.2.16 Database Security

RequirementID



DBS.001 DatabaseSecurity

The database activity monitoring solution should be able to definegranular, real-time policies & auditing like Who, what, when, howand where


Data security solution should provide support to monitor RDBMSdatabases


Page 227 of 268

RequirementID




The solution should be able to provide the facility for monitoring fileactivities at servers


Solution should provide centralized audit repository for audit datacollected from multiple database types. Information collected atcentralized level should be normalized within the repository.


Monitoring should be done by Host-based driver not DBMS basedagents


Capable to monitor all database activity for all Operating Systemshosting in-scope databases without turning on native logging orchanging the database configuration or listener ports


Solution architecture should support geographically distributed datacentres and databases


Data Security solution should monitor any user activity. It shouldsupport any type of user activity running on the network and on thelocal host.


Capable to monitor privileged user access or local SQL activity thatdoes not cross the network such as Bequeath, IPC, SharedMemory, or Named Pipes


Network packets should be encrypted. Solution be able to monitortraffic that is encrypted with SSL or IPSec


Should provide the solution integrate with Security Incident andEvent Management (SIEM) solutions.


Should support an automated or manual archiving process.


Solution should provide the ability to track privileged users whochange user context at the operating system level. For example,user 'USER1' connects to the database server via SSH or RDP.Then, he switches to a generic/shared operating system useraccount and logs into the database with a generic/shared databaseaccount. The solution must be able to uniquely identify that'USER1' initiated the database transactions.


Should be capable of self-monitoring. Would it be possible to knowwho has changed a policy, modified reports, logged on, etc.


Solution integration with authentication frameworks like LDAP etc.


Capable to stop unauthorized or suspicious activity.


Is the solution capable to isolate (deny access) specific users fromthe database for a specified time period, if they are found to beviolating set policies.


Should provide preconfigured policy checks.


should be capable of storing an audit trail (log dB activity to disc)on a specific user while ignoring application traffic


Page 228 of 268

RequirementID




Solution should be able to give correlation alert based on thehistorical data


Solution provide anomaly detection capabilities, e.g., establish abaseline of normal activity for active comparison


Should provide the proactively alert the administrators for any typeof activity necessary


Solution should support auditing and checking for outbound databased on its content.


Should be able to create custom rules/policies. Does the solutionprovide this natively


Should be capable of delivering with predefined reports in graphicalformat, tabular, or both.


Should provide the ability to create custom ad hoc reports.


Should allow for drill down into database activity reports andexposure of specific SQL commands regardless of what databasethe activity took place in


Data security solution should enforces separation of duties


Solution should allow creating an audit compliance workflow andallowing users to comments, escalation and signoff on theassociated task.


Capable to be integrated with 3rd party helpdesk and ticketingsystems.


Should have the ability to find sensitive data automatically and thenautomatically populate a policy to be alerted when new objects areidentified


Should perform automatic discovery of new databases and candiscovery be scheduled


Should be able to discover where sensitive data is stored. shouldbe able to assign classification to data when discovered or mapped


Should provide a Vulnerability assessment feature.Should generate a detailed report of all vulnerabilities found


Solution should be able to detect vulnerabilities based upon userbehaviour.


Should produce database entitlement reports containing thedatabase users, roles and privileges within the databases beingmonitored


Should provide auditing support for files -- such as database files,application files, application configuration files etc.


Data security solution should be able to provide out-of-the-boxsupport for all major enterprise applications dnd customapplications


Page 229 of 268

RequirementID




Product provides support individual user access monitoring forcustom applications.


Page 230 of 268

4.2.17 Identity Access Management Tool

RequirementID



IM.001

IdentityManagement

Identity management for user provisioning should have out of thebox workflow for automating approvals for user accessmanagement, self-registration and self-care functionality forreducing the administrative load and manual intervention.

IM.002IdentityManagement

Identity Management Solution should have Connector availabilityfor all target systems that need to be managed


Identity Management Solution should Connector development toolavailability to extend support to additional target systems


Identity Management solution should have Bidirectional connectorcommunications to efficiently receive changes from the managingsystem and to report changes made to the local resource


Identity Management solution's Connector communicationssecured with encryption


Connector communications secured with authentication using in-house or included credentials


Connectors that protect authentication credentials used to log intoadministrative privileges on managed systems


Identity Management solution should support Agent based as wellas Agent-less Architecture


Connectors whose operation does not interfere with the day-to-dayoperation of target resources, especially those with limited availableprocessing capabilities


Connectors should not impact the rights of the local administratoror place limitations on the abilities of the managed resource

IM.011PasswordManagement

User self-service without logging onto the network


Challenge-Response system to authenticate a user with a forgottenpassword by using shared secrets


Ability to implement password formation rules to enforce passwordstrength across the organization


Ability to synchronize passwords for multiple systems to the samevalue to reduce the number of different passwords to beremembered by the user


Delivery of password-change success/failure status to requestorusing mechanisms like email


Ability to securely deliver passwords to users for new accountsusing mechanisms like email

IM.017Access RightsCapabilities

Flexible mechanisms to connect to multiple data stores containingaccurate information on valid users


Ability to load identity store information on a scheduled bulk basis


Ability to detect and respond to identity store changes in near realtime


Page 231 of 268

RequirementID




Ability to retrieve account information from target managedresources on a scheduled basis, both in bulk or in filtered subsetsto preserve network bandwidth


Ability to detect and report local administrator account maintenance(creation, deletion, changes) made directly on local resourcesnatively.


Ability to compare local administrator changes against a system-of-record of account states to determine if changes comply withapproved authorities and policies


Ability to notify designated personnel of access-rights changesmade outside the provisioning solution


Ability to compare account user IDs with valid users to identifyaccounts without owners


Ability to automatically suspend or delete a detected orphanaccount


Ability to automatically suspend or roll back a reconfigured accountthat violates policy


Ability to examine reports on orphan accounts


Ability to readily view the accounts associated with a user or aresource


Ability to assign discovered orphan accounts to a valid user

IM.030

Access RightsCapabilities

Provide policy simulation and ‘what-if’ modelling of changes, that is,simulation of effects of policy changes before they are enacted,reporting errors, or potential problems, and ability to be resolvedthose before affecting live operations.

IM.031WorkflowCapabilities

Web-based mechanism for requesting access to a system. Thesame UI should be used for administration and Workflowconfiguration.


Automatic approval routing to the persons appropriate to thesystem access requested and organizational structure


Review and approval mechanisms


Ability to use defined organizational information to dynamicallydetermine routing of approvals


Ability to delegate approval authority to another person


Ability to escalate a request to an alternative approver if the allottedtime elapses


Ability for different personnel to view different levels of informationbased on their job duties


Ability to request information from approval participants to defineaccount-specific information during the process


Page 232 of 268

RequirementID




Ability to determine service instances where a physical accountshould be created


Ability for the system to change account information in the managedresources of your specific organization


Ability to request information from specific participants in theworkflow process


Ability to request information from external functions, applicationsor data stores during the process


Ability to easily create/design/modify a workflow via a graphical“drag and drop ” web-enabled interface


Should not require learning any proprietary language to developWorkflow processes

IM.045Audit Trails &Reports

Time-stamped records of every access change request,approval/denial, justification and change to a managed resource


Time-stamped record of every administrative and policy-drivenchange to access rights


Time-stamped record of any encountered orphan accounts andbypasses of administrative systems


Convenient, flexible means of running reports that show audit trailsfor users, systems, administrators and time periods


Audit trail that is maintained in a tamper-proof environment

IM.050

Audit Trails &Reports

Should provide following types of reports out-of-box - Workflowapprovals, rejections, request statistics, Policy Compliance andAudit reports, User account reports, Access reports and Servicereports


Provide capability to generate customized reports based on specificneed

IM.052DistributedAdministration

Ability to define organizational structures based on the access-granting authorities of an organization


Ability to delegate each administrative task with fine-grained control(e.g., approval authority, user creation, workflow definition)


Ability to delegate administrative tasks to “n ”-levels of depth


Ability to access all delegated capabilities over the Web


Ability to create private, filtered views of information about usersand available resources


Ability to incorporate Web access control products to include theprovisioning solution within the Web single sign-on environment


Ability to incorporate Enterprise Single Sign On products to includethe provisioning solution within the Thick client single sign-onenvironment


Page 233 of 268

RequirementID




Ability to incorporate custom user authentication approachescommensurate with internal security policies


Ability to distribute provisioning components securely over WANand Internet environments, including crossing firewalls


Ability to import and export configurations to enable migrationsbetween Development, Staging and Production environmentwithout delays

IM.062UserAdministration

Shall have ability to perform Role based, request based and HybridUser Life cycle management


Shall have ability to associate access-rights definition with a rolewithin the organization


Shall Have ability to assign users to one or more roles


Ability to implicitly define subsets of access to be unavailable to arole


Ability to explicitly assign users individual access rights


Ability to dynamically and automatically change access rightsbased on changes in user roles


Ability to define implicit access rights available to users in a roleupon their request and approval


Ability to use defined organizational information to dynamicallydetermine routing of approvals


Ability to detect, evaluate and respond to user authority changesmade directly to a managed resource


Ability to report on roles, rights associated with roles, and usersassociated with roles


Ability to set designated times for changes in access rights orpolicies


Ability to create unique user IDs consistent with policies and not incurrent use or previous use by the organization


Ability to create user authorizations extending an existing account


Support for mandatory and optional entitlements (optionalentitlements are not automatically provisioned but may berequested by a user in the group)


Support for prerequisite services —defines services that must begranted prior to creation of the access rights.


Ability to create a single account with multiple authorities governedby different policies


Ability to create user IDs using a set of consistent algorithmsdefined by the organization

IM.079Self-RegulationUser

Adherence to open standards


Page 234 of 268

RequirementID



Administrationcapabilities

IM.080

Self-RegulationUserAdministrationcapabilities

Secure environment for transmitting access changes across theInternet

IM.081


Protection of private user information through secure facilities andsound processes

IM.082


Reports of user rights into external systems, sponsors of users andaudit trails of access rights changes

IM.083SystemOperations

Ability to interact with target resources without interfering with theirperformance


Ability to continue to operate without degradation when themanaged system is temporarily inaccessible


Ability for the managed resources to remain fully functional if theprovisioning solution is unavailable


Responsiveness to users interacting with the provisioning solutionfeatures for searches, reporting, approvals, self-service andauditing


Ability to load and maintain synchronization with user informationfrom existing human resources and other identity systems, bothstatically and dynamically


Ability to load account and authorization information from existingoperational systems without data entry


Ability to detect and reconcile accounts created by, and/or changedby, other administrative systems (e.g., the local administrationconsole provided with the managed resource)


Support for configuration and scalability requirements for largeenvironments and high- availability operations utilizing sharedcommunication capacity on corporate WANs.


End-to-end security over account changes


Entirely Web-based functionality to allow easy distributedadministration on an unlimited scale


Integrated functionality that does not require duplicate data entry ormanual synchronization of information shared for multiple functions


Ability for servers to be inexpensively configured for high-availability operation, including disaster recovery


Ability for utilized data stores to be configured for high-availabilityoperation


Page 235 of 268

RequirementID




Ability for provisioning solution to maintain accuracy when localadministrators maintain privileges to make changes to targetresources


Solution that includes all necessary software components,including any necessary databases, LDAP servers andWeb/application servers


Resilient communications design between distributed componentsto withstand network or target resource outages


Multi layered security architecture for operation in a “demilitarizedzone ” ((DMZ) and for management of users and systems inuntrusted environments


XML-based extensibility and interaction with external systems


Use of common and de facto standards for interfaces that areinternal and external to the provisioning solution


Integration of LDAP directory services as identity stores, accesscontrol system authorization stores and internal user account andpolicy stores


Inclusion of a persistent data store or repository for audit trails andsystem recovery


Ability to respond quickly to user interactions including reportrequests, access change requests, policy changes and passwordself-service


Solution should be certified Common Criteria Evaluation AssuranceLevel 3

IM.106

SystemOperations

Solution product should provide all necessary infrastructureadapters, leading commercial versions of middleware and softwarecomponents, including any necessary databases, LightweightDirectory Access Protocol (LDAP) servers, and Web andapplication server


Solution product should provide full-featured, out-of-the-boxcapabilities without limited versions of components, such as aworkflow that must be upgraded to get the rich full features needed.


Solution product should provide a best-of-breed directory and dataintegration and synchronization tool bundled with the solution toelegantly solve any integration challenge.

IM.109

SystemOperations

Solution product should provide Custom authentication so existingWeb-based authentication applications can be swiftly integratedinto the authentication process for all users without the use of third-party development.


Solution product should provide support for installation and easyconfiguration on a single server, including all underlyingmiddleware.


Page 236 of 268

RequirementID




Solution system should be certified for integration with variousmodules of SAP


System should have inbuilt role management capabilities andfeatures


System should provide a broad set of up-to-date integration withapplications, support using multiple directories/user repositoriesand heterogeneous middleware

IM.114

SystemOperations

System should provide Import/export capability of policies,configurations and workflows to accelerate promotion of systemsbetween QA and production, or for version control of policydefinitions.

IM.115

SystemOperations

System should provide the ability to customize the branding (lookand feel) and layout of the self-service UI, while still protecting yourinvestment by keeping customizations during fix packs andupgrades.


Common criteria certification of Evaluation Assurance Level 3 orhigher.


System should provide for standard configuration and programminglanguages.

4.2.18 Web Access Management Tool

RequirementID



WAMM.001 Web AccessManagement

Access Management should provide a centralized Single Sign-Onfor external users logging into Website for accessing variousapplications as per their roles and policy. The applications wouldinclude the existing custom applications and multiple commercialapplications.


Access management solution should take care of signing the userfor all required applications by providing a method requiring a singleset of authentication credentials (rather than one set for eachapplication) achieving single sign-on.


Access management should have mechanism for Authenticationand Authorization of users based on their roles to access hardwareand application resources in the data centre. The authenticationshould be based on username & password.


The Access Management should be provided for not only the usersaccessing the applications from PCs but also from other devicessuch as PDAs, Mobile phones etc.


The Access management solution should include LDAP v3compliant directory system for storing user data and otherattributes.


Page 237 of 268

RequirementID




The solution should support both external reverse proxy and plug-in facility for Web Access Management


There should be a reverse-proxy engine situated on the DMZ zoneto protect the internal resources like servers, applications and data.


The solution should adhere to standards for ease-of-integrationwith existing systems and future IT investments. Native support forknown industry standards, such as JAAS, J2EE, LDAP, PKIX, SSL,etc.


The solution should support the use of the External AuthenticationInterface so that existing web based authentication applications canbe swiftly integrated into the authentication process for all users.


The solution should support making a copy of the policy databaseat the enforcement point (Reverse Proxy) ensuring in highperformance of authentication and authorization for a large numberof users.


The solution should be highly scalable to adapt to growth in users,applications and access methods.

Basic authentication (user ID/password)

Forms-based authentication (user ID/password)

Secur ID token and PIN functionality

RACF authentication (user ID/password)Certificates with certificate revocation list (CRL) checkingCustom HTTP header

Wireless devicesPluggable authentication for unique authentication requirements,

such as biometricsWAMM.012 Web Access

ManagementThe solution should support the following authorization features:

Encryption of all transmitted data

Unauthenticated users and role-based authorizationControl of access to dynamic Web content

Time-based, day-of-week-based, location-based and group-based authorization

Automation for pulling in the structure of protected resources intothe management console

Granularity, enabling a single template to assign differentpermissions to different users and groups

Policy can be pushed to the security enforcement points

Dynamic roles


Page 238 of 268

RequirementID




The solution should provide comprehensive security for key Webproducts, including portal, customer relationship management,enterprise resource planning etc.


Integration and certification with security products (e.g., PKI,firewalls, identity management and risk management) from thesame and different vendors, in order to easily construct an end-to-end security solution.


Integration with industry-leading Web application servers


The solution should have Common Criteria Certification.


Access Management should provide a centralized Single Sign-Onfor external users logging into Website for accessing variousapplications as per their roles and policy. The applications wouldinclude the existing custom applications and multiple commercialapplications.


Access management solution should take care of signing the userfor all required applications by providing a method requiring a singleset of authentication credentials (rather than one set for eachapplication) achieving single sign-on.


Page 239 of 268

4.2.19 Revenue/Court Module

Sr. No. Nature ofRequirement


REM.REQ.001 Appeal/ApplicationSubmission

System should have facility to submit online memorandum forAppeal, Review, or application for reference, rectification etc.


System checks validity and eligibility of application based onpredefined criteria at time of submission


The system should link the Appeal application with the Order no.(E.g. case no. / order no. /Cancellation Order no. etc.) againstwhich the remedy has been seek


System should have facility to submit online scanned/soft copyof supporting document


System should have ability to allot unique appeal/applicationnumber for each submitted appeal/application

REM.REQ.006 AcknowledgmentReceipt

System should have ability to generate acknowledgementreceipt mentioning unique appeal/application no.

REM.REQ.007 Proceeding process System notifies concerned authority passing the order againstwhich remedy seeks.

REM.REQ.008 Proceeding process System automatically updates the record of concerned districtoffice of the authority passing the order against which remedyseeks.

REM.REQ.009 Proceeding process System should allow routing of cases between concernedofficers for information and approval.

REM.REQ.010 Proceeding process The system should provide the Authority with the facility toupload extracts of case in the system

REM.REQ.011 Proceeding process System should provide facility for online submission ofdocuments by the dealers for appeal/application

REM.REQ.012 Proceeding DateManagement

System helps schedule the Hearing dates on Appeal cases inqueue and availability of Appellate Authority.


The system should allow the officers to post comments onground of appeal if directed by appellate authority.


System should have cause list of cases to be available online


The system should provide the User the facility to check nexthearing date online

REM.REQ.016 Notice/OrderGeneration

System should be able to generate notices/orders in pre-defined formats with inputs from assessing authority


System should allow for single & mass e-mailing & printing ofnotices/Orders


Page 240 of 268




System should have ability to generate orders with authorityinputs.


System should allot unique identification number for each notice& order


System should allow reprint of notice/order with identificationnumber

REM.REQ.021 Notice/OrderProcessing

System should allow for sorting of notices based on type ofappeal/application, notice, date of notice etc.

REM.REQ.022 Notice/OrderProcessing

The system should allow the User to update the date and otherdetails of the response received against a particular notice

REM.REQ.023 Notice/Order Service System should be able to post notices & orders online on portal.& simultaneously e-mail.

REM.REQ.024 Notice/Order Service The system should automatically flash the Notice/Order whenthe appellant log in to the system

REM.REQ.025 Notice/Order Service System should automatically send read receipt in case ofsuccessful flash of notice/order

REM.REQ.026 Notice/Order Service System should flag notice/order which are not read by theappellant within prescribed number of days for manual service

REM.REQ.027 Process Interlinking System should automatically initiate inter modules like Mutation,Girdawari, Jamabandi etc. as per the order

REM.REQ.028 Process Interlinking System should have ability to notify concerned officer of theorder

REM.REQ.029 Alert/Notification The system should provide the Ability to generate anappeal/application rejection notification if invalid

REM.REQ.030 Alert/Notification The system should provide the ability to generate an appealnotification with all relevant details including date of appeal forthe appellant

REM.REQ.031 Result processing The system should provide the ability to capture the decision ofthe courts

REM.REQ.032 Record maintenance The system should provide the ability to capture application foran appeal to the court within specified days of the appealdecision.

REM.REQ.033 Record maintenance The system should provide the ability to capture decision onwhether to grant the appeal

REM.REQ.034 Rectification/revisionprocessing

System should allow for department assessing authorityinitiated/applicant initiated rectification.


System should allow online issue of revision notice


System must have the capability to record the case historyincluding any hearing dates, hearing proceedings and outcomeof the hearing.


Page 241 of 268




System should allow verification of applicant details todetermine if the rectification has any impact on the any othermodule.


System should allow rectification/revision to be made in therecord.


System should allow rectification/revision to be forwarded torelevant authorities for review/approval.

REM.REQ.040 MIS Reports System should be able to generate reports of appeal, review,reference, rectification, revision & remand cases on multiplecriteria’s likea. Pending/Finalizedb. Date of filingc. Actd. Areae. Authorityf. Judgment outcomeetc.

REM.REQ.041 Alerts The system shall be capable of providing option of capturingCourt Case details such Party Details, Type of Case, Date ofCase filed, Status of Case, summoning of parties (issuingnotices to the parties) and generating date wise cause list ofcases has not been considered in this module. The system shallbe capable of notifying the citizen through SMS/IVR or Email forthe aid options.

DSP.001 Dispute Module Should be able to capture the various types of disputesregarding the khatauni, khasra, village etc. This module shall beable to capture the land disputes arise due to various causes.

DSP.002 Dispute Module Should be incorporated with advance search facility by village-wise, khasra-wise, dispute type etc. This facility shall be usefulto consolidate the case-wise disputes. Official in the departmentshould be able to access the cases and analyze accordingly.Official from the department should be able to analyze thesimilar dispute cases through mobile also


Page 242 of 268



DSP.003 Dispute Module Should be run in secured environment by introducing latesttrend of security available in the market


Page 243 of 268

4.2.20 Internal Audit


SubModule


IA.REQ.01 FunctionalRequirement

InternalAudit

Audit log of all the activities would be maintained in the systemwhich can be checked by competent authority as required.


InternalAudit

The system should be able to create reminder to in order tostart the new audit cycle.


InternalAudit

The system should maintain the history and results of previousyear’s audit.


InternalAudit

The system should be able to record the audit time budgetwhich can be compared with the actual time charges duringthe audit execution.


InternalAudit

The system should be able to generate electronic workflow forreview and approval.


InternalAudit

The system should be able to attach The List of AuditCandidates and The Audit Selection Report.


InternalAudit

The system should be able to record checklist for equipmentand logistics needed by the auditor.


InternalAudit

The system should be able to record the audit schedule foreach auditor.


InternalAudit

The system should be able to assist in streamlining all auditoractivities


InternalAudit

The system should be able to create electronic Audit CaseFolder and identified with unique number.


InternalAudit

The system should be able to access Document ManagementSystem and other database to retrieve all auditee relatedinformation and attach into Audit Case Folder.


InternalAudit

The system should be able to provide the documents onprevious years audit program that can be retrieved by auditors.


InternalAudit

The system should be able to assist in generating the onlineand offline Audit Program for the upcoming audit cycle.


InternalAudit

The document obtained from auditee should be able to beattached into the Case Folder.


InternalAudit

The system should provide a facility to provide checklist whichupdates the status of audit activities.

4.2.21 Mobile Application

RequirementID



MOB. 001 Mobile App Mobile app should be in sync with the Core Software and Other softwarein the system.

MOB. 002 Mobile App Application should be able to extract the data from the core database


Page 244 of 268

RequirementID



MOB. 003 Mobile App Mobile app should be compatible with multiple devices in the market. Itshould support multiple platforms to run.

MOB. 004 Mobile App Mobile application should be downloadable and should work on multipleplatform

MOB. 005 Mobile App Mobile app should be able to integrated with work flow management sothat user could provide his inputs through mobile app. App should alsobe integrated with e-Office system (developed by NIC).

MOB. 006 Mobile App IA shall design mobile app for the Citizen use as well as Departmentusers

MOB.007 Mobile App Mobile application should be able to provide role base access to thedepartment users like for surveyors mobile should be able to capturecoordinates of the property.


Page 245 of 268

4.2.22 Enterprise Management Solution (EMS)

RequirementID



EMS. 001 EnterpriseManagementSolution

The system shall be capable of providing an Enterprise ManagementSolution which shall be integrated with SDC/PAWAN NOC.IA shall provide complete EMS solution.

EMS. 002 ConfigurationManagementand VersionControl

With the objective of keeping track of the version updates in theapplications, the system shall be capable to adhere to the configurationmanagement process defined by the Department. The system shall berequired to ensure that a copy of the production environment is backedup and stored in the repository before the new / modified componentsare copied to Production environment. The system may be required torestore the backed up application versions for testing purpose mainlyaddressing the restorability of the media.”

EMS. 003 EnterpriseManagementSolution

The system shall be capable of generating the EMS report on daily/fortnightly/ monthly basis

EMS.004 EnterpriseManagementSolution

Enterprise Management Solution (EMS) Should include the followingbasic modules

1. Networking Monitoring (All Network Router, Switches, Firewall, Loadbalancer)

2. Server Monitoring

3. Storage Monitoring

4. Application Performance Monitoring

5. Virtulization Management

6. Database Monitoring


Page 246 of 268

4.2.23 Knowledge Management System (KMS)

RequirementID



KMS.001 KnowledgeManagementSystem

System shall be integrated with content management wherein all Acts,Rules and Guidelines shall be stored.


The Knowledge management system shall be further integrated withPortal so that user can take the guidance and help from the system byputting query regarding the Acts, rules and Guidelines.


The system shall be able to provide the information about Rules, Actsand Guidelines to the users on request


User can query to the system for the Acts and rules in case of doubt. Forexample SR can query to the system that what the implications inaccepting or rejecting the application are.


All the acts, rules and guidelines shall be uploaded on departmentalportal with annotating the metadata. Metadata would be used foradvance search in the system.


This module shall be useful for the citizen also in getting the informationon various acts and rules.


This module should work as digital library which can be accessed by thestakeholders as and required.


Page 247 of 268

4.2.24 Error Detection and Error Correction

RequirementID



EDC.001 ErrorDetection andErrorCorrection

The system shall have provision to capture all the business logic for eachtype of processes in land record management


The system shall provide mechanism for error alert in all the processesafter comparison to business logic entered as per act with newregistration, Jamabandi, mutation etc. entry


The system shall provide a module which will carry out:

Checks on whether all mandatory data has been supplied for theprocess; and

Internal consistency checks on the data provided in the process


The system shall guide the user by providing a series of well-definedoptions to select the right format for performing different processes likemutation, Girdawari etc.


The system shall provide a well-designed set of Instructions to the userto help in filling up the format and complete the process for mutation,Jamabandi edition, and Girdawari edition.


The system shall be designed in such a way that the process basedcalculations like partition of share is computed automatically by thesystem depending upon the business logic entered as per thecorresponding act


The system shall have pre-defined process of correction once error isdetected


The system shall help the user with pre-defined processes for correctionand the log will be maintained for each error detected with reference tobusiness logic entered as per act.


Page 248 of 268

5. Annexure V- Minimum Qualification for Staff Proposed

5.1 Manpower Requirement5.1.1 Program Director

The minimum qualifications required are:

o Should have a post-graduate degree in Management or Equivalento Should have an overall experience with minimum 17 years in Project

Managemento Should have handled at least 9 Government / PSU Projectso Should have handled at least 2 PPP based (IT web-based) transaction

systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locationso Should have handled at least 2 projects dealing with Registration and Land

Records

5.1.2 Program Manager


o Should have a post-graduate degree in Management or Equivalento Should have an overall experience with minimum 15 years in Project

Managemento Should have handled at least 2 Government / PSU Projectso Should have handled at least 2 PPP based (IT web-based) transaction

systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locationso Should have handled at least 2 projects dealing with Registration and Land

Recordso Should have certification in Project Management

5.1.3 Solution Architect


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Science orMaster in Computer Application

o Should have an overall experience with minimum 11 years in IT industryo Should have relevant experience of 8 years in solution architecture related

profileo Should have ability to understand project requirements and convert them into

solution designs.o Should have handled at least 1 Government / PSU Projectso Should have experience of at least 1 PPP based (IT web-based) transaction

systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locations

5.1.4 Service Manager-Registration


o Should have a post-graduate degree in Management or Equivalento Should have an overall experience with minimum 11 years in Operations


Page 249 of 268

Management along with skill set of Process Flow Management,Troubleshooting, Team Management, MIS Reporting and Maintenance ofSLA’s

o Should have handled at least 2 Government / PSU Projectso Should have handled at least 2 PPP based (IT web-based) transaction

systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locationso Should have handled at least 2 project dealing with Registration of

Documentso Should have certification in Project Management

5.1.5 Service Manager-Land Records


o Should have a post-graduate degree in Management or Equivalento Should have an overall experience with minimum 11 years in Operations

Management along with skill set of Process Flow Management,Troubleshooting, Team Management, MIS Reporting and Maintenance ofSLA’s


systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locationso Should have handled at least 2 project dealing with Land recordso Should have certification in Project Management

5.1.6 Service Manager-GIS Application & Survey


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in Civil Engineering / RemoteSensing / Geo informatics

o Should have an overall experience with minimum 11 years in OperationsManagement along with skill set of Surveying and GIS, Image Processing,Satellite Image Interpretation and Team Management.

o Should have a relevant experience of minimum 8 years in Mapping & GISo Should have a project experience of minimum 2 years on Cadastral mapping

projects including GIS conversiono Should have handled at least 2 project dealing with Registration and Land

Recordso Should have certification in Project Management

5.1.7 Project Manager-IT


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have an overall experience with minimum 9 years in Project

Management along with skill set of Team/ Resource Management, IThardware Software Development.


Page 250 of 268


systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locationso Should have minimum 7 years of relevant experienceo Should have certification in Project Management

5.1.8 Project Manager-Operations


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have an overall experience with minimum 9 yearso Should have handled at least 2 Government / PSU Projectso Should have handled at least 2 PPP based (IT web-based) transaction

systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locationso Should have minimum 7 years of relevant experience (including Operation

Management, Process Flow Management and Troubleshooting)o Should have certification in Project Management

5.1.9 Project Manager-GIS Application & Survey


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in Civil Engineering / RemoteSensing / Geo informatics

o Should have a minimum of 10 years’ experience in mapping & GIS projectsof which must have worked for at least three years on cadastral mappingprojects including GIS conversion

o Should have managed a team of more than 50 surveyors for cadastralmapping / land surveys using modern survey techniques including ETS /DGPS etc.

o Should have a minimum of 3 years’ experience in Project managementincluding planning, execution and monitoring and resource management

o Should have handled at least 1 project dealing with Registration and LandRecords

5.1.10 Project Manager-Data Centre


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have a minimum of 9 years’ experienceo Should have handled at least 2 Government / PSU Projectso Should have handled at least 2 PPP based (IT web-based) transaction

systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locationso Should have minimum 7 years of relevant experience (including Data Centre

Management and BCP Plan, Hardware Installation & Monitoring at DC-DR,Server Management, Backup Management and System Analysis)

o Should have certification in Project Management


Page 251 of 268

5.1.11 Project Manager- Facilities/ Civil


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in Civil, Architecture orMechanical

o Should have an overall experience with minimum 9 years in understandingcomplex civil drawings and experience in Basic concrete, Prefab andModular construction


systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locationso Should have handled at least 1 project dealing with Registration and Land

Records and minimum 50 site preparation experienceo Should have certification in Project Management

5.1.12 Project Manager-Data Digitization


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have a minimum 9 years’ experienceo Should have handled at least 2 Government / PSU Projectso Should have handled at least 2 PPP based (IT web-based) transaction

systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locationso Should have relevant experience of 7 yearso Should have certification in Project Management

5.1.13 Team Leader-Operations


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have an overall experience with minimum 6 yearso Should have handled at least 1 Government / PSU Projectso Should have handled at least 1 PPP (BOOT) based Turnkey IT web-based

transaction systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiplelocations

o Should have minimum of 1 years’ experience in managing teams and projectoperations

o Should have relevant experience of 5 years ( including OperationsManagement, Process Flow Management and Troubleshooting)

5.1.14 Team Leader-Capacity Building, Training & Change Management


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have minimum experience of 6 yearso Should have handled at least 1 Government / PSU Projects


Page 252 of 268

o Should have handled at least 1 PPP based (IT web-based) transactionsystems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locations

o Should have relevant experience of 5 years (including Team Managementalong with skill set of Manpower Analysis, Training Supervision, ConductingWorkshops and Skill Development)

5.1.15 Team Leader-IT Application & Software Development


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have an overall experience with minimum 6 years in Application

Development and testing as per the eGov Standards along with skill set ofSoftware Installation and Configuration

o Should have handled at least 1 Government / PSU Projectso Should have a minimum of 1 years’ experience in managing teams and

project operationso Should have handled at least 1 PPP based (IT web-based) transaction

systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locationso Should have experience in design and development of mobile apps.

5.1.16 Team Leader – Integration/ Tool Smith


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have an overall experience with minimum 6 years in Module

integrations, services integration, Tools development (systemtools/application tools/ Mobile apps)




5.1.17 Team Leader-Data Centre, Data Dump Site and Disaster Recovery Site


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have an overall experience with minimum 6 years in Data Centre

Management, Hardware Installation & Monitoring at DC-DR, ServerManagement, Backup Management and System Analysis



5.1.18 Team Leader-Civil Including Construction and Non-IT Equipment


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applications


Page 253 of 268

o Should have a minimum of 6 years’ experienceo Should have relevant experience of minimum 5 years in understanding

complex civil drawings and experience in Basic concrete, Prefab andModular construction



systems involving delivery of citizen services from multiple locationso Should have handled at least 1 project dealing with Registration and Land

Records

5.1.19 Team Leader-Data Digitization


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have total experience of 6 yearso Should have an relevant experience of minimum 6 years (including Project

Management, Quality Management and Quality Assurance of Digitized Data)o Should have handled at least 1 Government / PSU Projectso Should have a minimum of 1 years’ experience in managing teams and

project operations

5.1.20 Team Leader-Surveys


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have a minimum of 5 years’ experience in mapping & GIS projects of

which must have worked for at least one year on cadastral mapping projectsincluding GIS conversion

o Should have managed a team of more than 10 surveyors for cadastralmapping / land surveys using modern survey techniques including ETS /DGPS etc.

o Should have a minimum of 1 years’ experience in managing teams andproject operations

5.1.21 System Analyst


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have relevant experience of minimum 8 yearso Should have a good understanding of IT architecture, IT systems,

programming and development skills.o Should have experience of at least 1 Government / PSU Projectso Should have handled at least 1 PPP based (IT web-based )transaction



Page 254 of 268

5.1.22 Quality AssuranceThe minimum qualifications required are:

o Should have a Master degree or post graduate diplomao Should have a minimum of 15 years of professional experience out of which

must have worked for at least 10 years as a Quality Assuranceo Should have experience of at least 1 Government / PSU Projectso Should have handled at least 1 PPP based (IT web-based )transaction


5.1.23 System Administrator


o Should have a Masters / Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have relevant experience of minimum 8 yearso Should have a good understanding of multisystem handling multi user

computer system.o Should have experience of at least 1 Government / PSU Projectso Should have handled at least 1 PPP based (IT web-based) transaction


5.1.24 Surveyors


o Should have a Bachelor’s degree or One year diploma in IT/Civilo Should have a minimum of 2 years of professional experience out of which

must have worked for at least 1 years in field of Surveyor/GIS/CIVIL/Draftsmen

o Should have experience survey using modern survey methods like ETS /DGPS preferred.

5.1.25 GIS Engineer/Analyst


o Should have a Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have a minimum of 3 years of professional experience on GIS

technologies including Intergraph / ESRI / AutoCAD out of which at least 2years in geospatial data creation (digitization / drafting), maintenance andmanipulation

o Should have a minimum of 1 year experience in parcel mapping in GIS environment

5.1.26 GIS DeveloperThe minimum qualifications required are:

o Should have a Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have a minimum of 5 years’ experience in software development

including GIS customization, programming desktop and web applications onIntergraph / ESRI / Open Source platforms

o Should have at least 3 year experience in common GIS customization platforms viz.NET, Java etc.


Page 255 of 268

o Should have experience in development of land information management applicationspreferred

5.1.27 Operators (Helpdesk/Reception/Deed Writer/Operators at SRO)


o Should have a Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso Should have at least two years’ experience in the Computer Applicationso Should have Computer typing skillso Should be proficient at English, Hindi and Punjabi language

5.1.28 Handholding Staff


o o Should have a Bachelor’s degree in IT or Computer Applicationso o Should have a minimum of 3 years of professional experience out of which

must have worked for at least 2 years as a technical support services

5.2 Minimum Mandatory Salary

All staff working for the project directly or indirectly shall be paid the minimumsalary/wages as recommended by NICSI. Proper performance audit and properincentive system shall be implemented by the IA.

The bidder needs to implement a performance rating scale based on which theperformance of a resource may be evaluated and every subsequent year’s salary scalemay be revised accordingly. This is required to ensure that the resource person canprovide his/her best and the quality of the resource can be insured.


Page 256 of 268

Annexure VI- Non – Disclosure Agreement

Non-Disclosure Agreement

This Non-Disclosure Agreement ("Non-Disc") is made and entered into_____dayof______month__________year (effective date) by and between_______________________________________ ("Department") and ________________("Company"). Whereas, Department and Company have entered into an Agreement ("Agreement")_________________ effective _________________________________ for____________________________; and

Whereas, each party desires to disclose to the other party certain information in oral or written formwhich is proprietary and confidential to the disclosing party, ("CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION").NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the covenants and agreements containedherein, the parties agree as follows:1. Definitions. As used herein: (a) The term “Confidential Information” shall include, without limitation,all information and materials, furnished by either Party to the other in connection with citizen / users /persons / customers data, products and/ or services, including information transmitted in writing, orally,visually, (e.g. video terminal display) or on magnetic or optical media, and including all proprietaryinformation, customer & prospect lists, trade secrets, trade names or proposed trade names, methodsand procedures of operation, commercial or marketing plans, licensed document know-how, ideas,concepts, designs, drawings, flow charts, diagrams, quality manuals, checklists, guidelines, processes,formulae, source code materials, specifications, programs, software packages, codes and otherintellectual property relating to the disclosing party’s data, computer database, products and/orservices. Results of any tests, sample surveys, analytics, data mining exercises or usages etc. carriedout by the receiving party in connection with the Department’s Information including citizen /users/persons /customers personal or sensitive personal information as defined under any law for the timebeing in force shall also be considered Confidential Information(b) The term, “Department” shall include the officers, employees, agents, consultants, contractors andrepresentatives of Department(c) The term, “Company” shall include the directors, officers, employees, agents, and representativesof Company, including its applicable affiliates and subsidiary companies.Protection of Confidential Information. With respect to any Confidential Information disclosed to it or towhich it has access, Company affirms that it shall:(a) Use the Confidential Information as necessary only in connection with Project and in accordancewith the terms and conditions contained herein;(b) Maintain the Confidential Information in strict confidence and take all reasonable steps to enforcethe confidentiality obligations imposed here under, but in no event take less care with the ConfidentialInformation that the parties take to protect the confidentiality of its own proprietary and confidentialinformation and that of its clients;(c) Not to make or retain copy of any commercial or marketing plans, Citizen / users /persons /customersdatabase, Proposals developed by or originating from Department or any of the prospective clients ofDepartment except as necessary, under prior written intimation from Department, in connection withthe Project, and ensure that any such copy is immediately returned to Department even without expressdemand from Department to do so;(d) Not to disclose or in any way assist or permit the disclosure of any Confidential Information to anyother person or entity without the express written consent of the other party; and


Page 257 of 268

(e) Return to the other party, or destroy, at Department’s discretion, any and all Confidential Informationdisclosed in a printed form or other permanent Record or in any other tangible form (including withoutlimitation, all copies, notes, extracts, analyses, studies, summaries, records and reproductions thereof)immediately upon the earlier to occur of (i) expiration or termination of either party’s engagement in theProject, or (ii) the request of the other party therefore.(f) Not to discuss with any member of public, media, press, or any other person about the nature ofarrangement entered between Department and Company or the nature of services to be provided bythe Company to the Department3. Onus. Company shall have the burden of proving that any disclosure or use inconsistent with theterms and conditions hereof falls within any of the foregoing exceptions4. Exceptions. These restrictions as enumerated in section 1 of this Agreement shall not apply to anyConfidential Information:(a) Which is independently developed by Company or lawfully received from another source free ofrestriction and without breach of this Agreement; or(b) After it has become generally available to the public without breach of this Agreement by Company;or(c) Which at the time of disclosure to Company was known to such party free of restriction andevidenced by documentation in such party’s possession; ord) Which Department agrees in writing is free of such restrictions.(e) Which is received from a third party not subject to the obligation of Confidentiality with respect tosuch Information;5. Remedies. Company acknowledges that(a) Any actual or threatened disclosure or use of the Confidential Information by Company would be abreach of this agreement and may cause immediate and irreparable harm to Department;(b) Company affirms that damages from such disclosure or use by it may be impossible to measureaccurately; and(c) Injury sustained by Department may be impossible to calculate and remedy fully. Therefore,Company acknowledges that in the event of such a breach, Department shall be entitled to specificperformance by Company of Company’s obligations contained in this Agreement. In addition Companyshall indemnify Department of the actual and liquidated damages which may be demanded byDepartment. Moreover, Department shall be entitled to recover all costs (including reasonableattorneys’ fees) which it or they may incur in connection with defending its interests and enforcementof legal rights arising due to a breach of this agreement by Company.6. Need to Know. Company shall restrict disclosure of such Confidential Information to its employeesand/or consultants with a need to know (and advise such employees of the obligations assumed herein),shall use the Confidential Information only for the purposes set forth in the Agreement, and shall notdisclose such Confidential Information to any affiliates, subsidiaries, associates and/or third partywithout prior written approval of the disclosing party.7. Intellectual Property Rights Protection. No license to a party, under any trademark, patent,copyright, design right, mask work protection right, or any other intellectual property right is eithergranted or implied by the conveying of Confidential Information to such party.8. No Conflict. The parties represent and warrant that the performance of its obligations hereunder donot and shall not conflict with any other agreement or obligation of the respective parties to which theyare party or by which the respective parties are bound.9. Authority. The parties represent and warrant that they have all necessary authority and power toenter into this Agreement and perform their obligations hereunder


Page 258 of 268

10. Dispute Resolution. If any difference or dispute arises between the Department And the Companyin connection with the validity, interpretation, implementation or alleged breach of any provision of thisAgreement, any such dispute shall be referred to the Special Secretary Revenue cum MemberSecretary, Punjab Land Record Society, Room No. 4, 3rd Floor, Punjab Civil Secretariat, Sector – 1,Chandigarh - 160001

(a) The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in accordance with the (Indian) Arbitration &Conciliation Act, 1996 & amendments thereof.(b) The place of arbitration shall be Chandigarh.(c) The arbitrator’s award shall be substantiated in writing and binding on the parties.(d) The proceedings of arbitration shall be conducted in English language.(e) The arbitration proceedings shall be completed within a period of 180 days from the date of referenceof the dispute to arbitration.11. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with and governed by thesubstantive and procedural laws of India and the parties hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction ofCourts and/or Forums situated at Chandigarh, India only.12. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of theparties, and supersedes all previous or contemporaneous agreement or communications, both oral andwritten, representations and under standings among the parties with respect to the subject matterhereof.13. Amendments. No amendment, modification and/or discharge of this Agreement shall be valid orbinding on the parties unless made in writing and signed on behalf of each of the parties by theirrespective duly authorized officers or representatives.14. Binding Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the partieshereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.15. Severability. It is the intent of the parties that in case any one or more of the provisions containedin this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such provision shall bemodified to the extent necessary to render it, as modified, valid and enforceable under applicable laws,and such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the other provisions of this Agreement.

16. Waiver. If either party should waive any breach of any provision of this Agreement, it shall notthereby be deemed to have waived any preceding or succeeding breach of the same or any otherprovision hereof.

17. Survival. Both parties agree that all of their obligations undertaken herein with respect toConfidential Information received pursuant to this Agreement shall survive till perpetuity even after anyexpiration or termination of this Agreement.18. Non-solicitation. During the term of this Agreement and thereafter for a further period of two (2)years Company shall not solicit or attempt to solicit Department’s employees and/or consultants, for thepurpose of hiring/contract or to proceed to conduct operations/business similar to Department with anyemployee and/or consultant of the Department who has knowledge of the Confidential Information,without the prior written consent of Department. This section will survive irrespective of the fact whetherthere exists a commercial relationship between Company and Department.19. Term. Subject to aforesaid section 17, this Agreement shall remain valid up to ____ years from the“effective date”.IN WITNESS HEREOF, and intending to be legally bound, the parties have executed this Agreementto make it effective from the date and year first written above.


Page 259 of 268

I. For Department, For CompanyName:_________________________ Name:____________________Title:__________________________ Title:______________________WITNESSES:


Page 260 of 268

Annexure VII Technology Architecture RequirementsThe Architecture Requirements will include the following heads

� Application Architecture Requirements

� Database Architecture Requirements

� Network Architecture Requirements

� Security Architecture Requirements

� Other Architecture Requirements

7.1. Application Architecture Requirements

RequirementID

Nature of Requirement Application Architecture Requirements Description

APP.REQ.01 Application ArchitectureRequirement

System shall be modular in design, operations andimplementation. This will give department, the flexibilityto implement the whole system, or part of it as required.


System shall provide interfaces and service to integrateharmoniously with external entities like UIDAI, UrbanLocal Bodies, Treasury, Banks etc.


System shall use web services to implement service-oriented architecture.


System shall be integrated with communicationchannels like e-mail, IVR, SMS gateways, paymentgateway etc.


System shall provide a browser based user interfacesupported by standard web browsers and shall notrequire installation of any specific client side software


In order to ensure good application performance andefficient usage of network bandwidth, the system shallutilize client side scripting technologies effectively.

Client side scripting will reduce the transactions with themain server and thus reduce the bandwidthrequirements.


System shall host all Internet facing applications in a de-militarized zone


The Technology platform should supportInteroperability & based on Open Standards. It shouldbe able to inter-operate with other heterogeneousplatforms.


Page 261 of 268

RequirementID



System shall be developed using industry-recognizedstandard design methodologies


System shall be designed so that business rules controlaccess to data. Data is created and used by businessprocesses. In computer applications, data must becreated, used by, and managed by the applicationcomponent that automates the business process.

Virtualization

APP.REQ.11 Location independentresource pooling

The solution shall be built on pooled, virtualinfrastructure which includes the CPU, memory, storage& network and associated services.

APP.REQ.12 Multiple hardwareplatform / VendorSupport

The system should support the use of compute,storage, network and other devices from multiple OEMs

APP.REQ.13 Multiple Storage The solution should support multiple storagetechnologies such as FC and ISCSI; be able to providevirtualized storage across these technologies; as wellas virtual machines from such storage.

APP.REQ.14 Servers Solution should support rack servers to high densityblade servers of all common makes and models so thatexisting / legacy models

APP.REQ.15 Performance andScalability

Solution should be able to recognize physical servercharacteristics and optimize virtual resource allocationto leverage higher performance afforded within singleserver / single chassis/cluster of servers within a rack /servers within a single data centre

APP.REQ.16 Full Virtualization System should support full virtualization solution

APP.REQ.17 Migration System should support migration of VMs through openstandard based VM formats.

APP.REQ.18 High Availability Cluster System should support HA clusters

APP.REQ.19 Cluster File System System should support cluster file system and eliminatethe need of a dedicated management node

APP.REQ.20 Web Management System should support web based management of allfunctionalities

APP.REQ.21 Back-up and restore System should support the integrated back-up toolproposed for consistent support of running VMs

APP.REQ.22 Role basedadministration

System should support role based management for alluser classes and objects


Page 262 of 268

RequirementID


APP.REQ.23 Authentication System should support multiple authentication sources

7.2. Database Architecture Requirements

RequirementID


Data Architecture Requirements Description

DAT.REQ.01 Data ArchitectureRequirements

System shall be able to archive transactional databaserecords to prevent long term speed concerns.


System shall feature functionality for efficient retrievalof archived data. The duration of archival and purgingshall be specified by the department.


System shall design business rules for controlledaccess to data.


All data shall be maintained in a structured format in aRelational Database Management Systems (RDBMS)that clearly establishes the business entities and theirlinkages and dependencies with the rest


The data exchange standard shall adopt a mutuallyagreeable language and protocol for data exchangebetween the information systems of the participatingentities


The data exchange formats shall comprehensivelyaddress all possible transactions and capture alltransactional related information items.


Data exchange formats shall address the requirementsof error check, data validation and audit relatedrequirements.

Vision of department is having an integrated automatedsystem. By adopting proper data validation mechanism,manual efforts can be minimized.


The system should support Interoperability & based onOpen Standards


Page 263 of 268

7.3. Network Architecture Requirements

RequirementID


Network Architecture Requirement Description

NET.REQ.01 Network ArchitectureRequirements

The network shall provide end to end connectivity whichincludes the last mile connectivity


All network equipment and type of connectivity shallprovide robust security features and standards.


There shall be adequate redundancies in the system sothat connectivity is available for continuous access todata and resources.

These redundancies will ensure that in case of outageof primary connectivity, users are able to accessdepartment systems with the help of redundant line.


Network shall be designed without a single point offailure.

System shall be designed to permit continuedoperations, albeit at reduced throughput, when anetwork fails in normal operations or in the event of adisaster.


Networks shall be positioned for future growth in trafficand expansion of services such as voice and video.


Page 264 of 268

7.4. Security Architecture Requirements

RequirementID


Security Architecture Requirement Description

Application based security

SEC.REQ.01 Security ArchitectureRequirement

The system shall maintain accurate date and time.


System shall provide different and unique login IDs forall the users of the system and track all activities of allthe logins and maintain audit trails of any changesmade to the extent department deems necessary.


The system will be able to grant specific access rightsto each login or group of logins, as per the businessrequirement and policy of the department. Theapplication software shall be flexible enough to grantaccess to the users through a web enabled GUI.


The application should have a centralized securitymanagement foundation that would enable delivery ofapplication and data to internal and external users in asecure manner.


The application should avoid sending usernames andpasswords unencrypted over the network

Network security


The system shall provide the capability to monitor allsecurity-relevant activity.

Establishing accountability and to detect securityviolations requires the capability to track security-relevant activity


The system shall provide firewall technology,configured to protect the various network and host-based services of the department.

A firewall technology, configured to protect the variousnetwork and host-based services of the departmentneeds to be installed at external gateway. They providewell-established central points for protecting assetsagainst intrusion and disruption. Tracking andmonitoring of attempted security violations is critical tothe prevention of damages to department assets.


The external incoming traffic to department ReportingGateway server to be routed through full InspectionFirewall kept on a high availability mode.


Page 265 of 268

RequirementID




Host-based Intrusion Detection shall be madeavailable.

Host based intrusion detection systems standardizesecurity efforts across the organization. Host basedintrusion detection systems help to provide real-timedata to security monitoring personnel.


Network Intrusion Detection System to be deployed tocheck for malicious attacks

Network-based Intrusion Detection scrutinizes networkactivity reporting suspicious or anomalous traffic.Network based intrusion detection systems look forattack signatures or indicators that packets representan intrusion. Network based intrusion detectionsystems help to provide real-time data to securitymonitoring personnel.


Applications and servers exposed to web shall bemaintained separately in Demilitarized Zone (DMZ).


Measuring network traffic statistics for computers thatare using the maximum bandwidth in order to detectsecurity incidents


External inbound traffic are through HTTPS protocolover SSL layer

End-point security


The system shall identify and authenticate the userbefore providing him/her the access to IT systems.

Identification is the process of distinguishing one userfrom all others. Identification techniques provide ameans of gaining entry to the department resources,such as workstations, networks, and applications.Identification is closely linked to authentication. Themost commonly used form of identification is the userID. Authentication is the process of verifying the identityof a user. Authentication answers the question: “Areyou who you say you are?” Typically the method usedto authenticate a user is using log-in credentials.Mechanisms like use of SSL, 2 factor authentication,digital certificates, challenge and responses, etc. shallbe evaluated.


The system shall provide a secure access todepartment employees to view his/her information


Page 266 of 268

RequirementID



Online access shall be secured addressing the aspectsof confidentiality, integrity and availability. Mechanismslike use of SSL 2 factor authentication, digitalcertificates, challenge and responses, etc. shall beevaluated


User credentials shall be stored in an encrypted format


User credentials for external and internal users shall bestored in separate repositories


Ensure virus prevention with an automated updateservice on all critical systems for centrally managing thevirus prevention


Perform risk assessment to identify the most importantcomputers to protect. Computers that provide critical ITfunctions such as email, administrative systems


Using a centralized system logging service to look atpatterns of unusual activity


Using network scanning utility to create a profile foreach computer identified in the previous step and

· Disabling the network services that are notneeded

· Running a host-based firewall to blockunwanted network traffic


Using a central authentication service instead of hostbased password files


Using host integrity monitoring checks to protect theintegrity of critical files and programs

Information security


Maintaining an inventory of all hardware and softwareassets


Information in the system to be classified as Public andConfidential.


Access to restricted part of the application will beprovided only after approval from concerned head suchas head office, division head, circle head etc.


The system shall support Single Sign On (SSO) Login


Page 267 of 268


Page 268 of 268

7.5. Other Architecture Requirements

RequirementID


Other Architecture Requirement Description

OTH.REQ.01 Other TechnicalRequirements

All the licenses proposed shall be perpetual softwarelicenses along with maintenance, upgrades andupdates for the currency of the contract. The softwarelicenses shall not be restricted based on location/hardware and department shall have the flexibility touse the software licenses for other requirements ifrequired.


24 x 7 comprehensive onsite support arrangement for aperiod of 5 years with all the OEM for respectivecomponents shall be provided. It includes themaintenance arrangement of software components.


No component or sub-component that is likely to bedeclared end-of-sale within 24 months of award ofcontract shall be suggested


No component or sub-component that is likely to bedeclared end-of-support within the duration of contractshall be suggested


The latest technology needs to be considered inproposing ICT infrastructure including but not limited to:virtualization, network convergence, data centreautomation to achieve the optimum balance betweencost and performance.